--- /dev/null
+/* SCANNER TEST */
+
+#ifndef WAYLAND_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
+#define WAYLAND_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "wayland-client.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @page page_wayland The wayland protocol
+ * @section page_ifaces_wayland Interfaces
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_display - core global object
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_registry - global registry object
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_callback - callback object
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_compositor - the compositor singleton
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_shm_pool - a shared memory pool
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_shm - shared memory support
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_buffer - content for a wl_surface
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_offer - offer to transfer data
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_source - offer to transfer data
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_device - data transfer device
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_device_manager - data transfer interface
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_shell - create desktop-style surfaces
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_shell_surface - desktop-style metadata interface
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_surface - an onscreen surface
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_seat - group of input devices
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_pointer - pointer input device
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_keyboard - keyboard input device
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_touch - touchscreen input device
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_output - compositor output region
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_region - region interface
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_subcompositor - sub-surface compositing
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_subsurface - sub-surface interface to a wl_surface
+ * @section page_copyright_wayland Copyright
+ * <pre>
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2008-2011 Kristian Høgsberg
+ * Copyright © 2010-2011 Intel Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2012-2013 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ * </pre>
+ */
+struct wl_buffer;
+struct wl_callback;
+struct wl_compositor;
+struct wl_data_device;
+struct wl_data_device_manager;
+struct wl_data_offer;
+struct wl_data_source;
+struct wl_display;
+struct wl_keyboard;
+struct wl_output;
+struct wl_pointer;
+struct wl_region;
+struct wl_registry;
+struct wl_seat;
+struct wl_shell;
+struct wl_shell_surface;
+struct wl_shm;
+struct wl_shm_pool;
+struct wl_subcompositor;
+struct wl_subsurface;
+struct wl_surface;
+struct wl_touch;
+
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_display wl_display
+ * @section page_iface_wl_display_desc Description
+ *
+ * The core global object. This is a special singleton object. It
+ * is used for internal Wayland protocol features.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_display_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_display.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_display The wl_display interface
+ *
+ * The core global object. This is a special singleton object. It
+ * is used for internal Wayland protocol features.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_display_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_registry wl_registry
+ * @section page_iface_wl_registry_desc Description
+ *
+ * The global registry object. The server has a number of global
+ * objects that are available to all clients. These objects
+ * typically represent an actual object in the server (for example,
+ * an input device) or they are singleton objects that provide
+ * extension functionality.
+ *
+ * When a client creates a registry object, the registry object
+ * will emit a global event for each global currently in the
+ * registry. Globals come and go as a result of device or
+ * monitor hotplugs, reconfiguration or other events, and the
+ * registry will send out global and global_remove events to
+ * keep the client up to date with the changes. To mark the end
+ * of the initial burst of events, the client can use the
+ * wl_display.sync request immediately after calling
+ * wl_display.get_registry.
+ *
+ * A client can bind to a global object by using the bind
+ * request. This creates a client-side handle that lets the object
+ * emit events to the client and lets the client invoke requests on
+ * the object.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_registry_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_registry.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_registry The wl_registry interface
+ *
+ * The global registry object. The server has a number of global
+ * objects that are available to all clients. These objects
+ * typically represent an actual object in the server (for example,
+ * an input device) or they are singleton objects that provide
+ * extension functionality.
+ *
+ * When a client creates a registry object, the registry object
+ * will emit a global event for each global currently in the
+ * registry. Globals come and go as a result of device or
+ * monitor hotplugs, reconfiguration or other events, and the
+ * registry will send out global and global_remove events to
+ * keep the client up to date with the changes. To mark the end
+ * of the initial burst of events, the client can use the
+ * wl_display.sync request immediately after calling
+ * wl_display.get_registry.
+ *
+ * A client can bind to a global object by using the bind
+ * request. This creates a client-side handle that lets the object
+ * emit events to the client and lets the client invoke requests on
+ * the object.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_registry_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_callback wl_callback
+ * @section page_iface_wl_callback_desc Description
+ *
+ * Clients can handle the 'done' event to get notified when
+ * the related request is done.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_callback_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_callback.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_callback The wl_callback interface
+ *
+ * Clients can handle the 'done' event to get notified when
+ * the related request is done.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_callback_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_compositor wl_compositor
+ * @section page_iface_wl_compositor_desc Description
+ *
+ * A compositor. This object is a singleton global. The
+ * compositor is in charge of combining the contents of multiple
+ * surfaces into one displayable output.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_compositor_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_compositor.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_compositor The wl_compositor interface
+ *
+ * A compositor. This object is a singleton global. The
+ * compositor is in charge of combining the contents of multiple
+ * surfaces into one displayable output.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_compositor_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_shm_pool wl_shm_pool
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shm_pool_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_shm_pool object encapsulates a piece of memory shared
+ * between the compositor and client. Through the wl_shm_pool
+ * object, the client can allocate shared memory wl_buffer objects.
+ * All objects created through the same pool share the same
+ * underlying mapped memory. Reusing the mapped memory avoids the
+ * setup/teardown overhead and is useful when interactively resizing
+ * a surface or for many small buffers.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shm_pool_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_shm_pool.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_shm_pool The wl_shm_pool interface
+ *
+ * The wl_shm_pool object encapsulates a piece of memory shared
+ * between the compositor and client. Through the wl_shm_pool
+ * object, the client can allocate shared memory wl_buffer objects.
+ * All objects created through the same pool share the same
+ * underlying mapped memory. Reusing the mapped memory avoids the
+ * setup/teardown overhead and is useful when interactively resizing
+ * a surface or for many small buffers.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_shm_pool_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_shm wl_shm
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shm_desc Description
+ *
+ * A global singleton object that provides support for shared
+ * memory.
+ *
+ * Clients can create wl_shm_pool objects using the create_pool
+ * request.
+ *
+ * At connection setup time, the wl_shm object emits one or more
+ * format events to inform clients about the valid pixel formats
+ * that can be used for buffers.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shm_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_shm.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_shm The wl_shm interface
+ *
+ * A global singleton object that provides support for shared
+ * memory.
+ *
+ * Clients can create wl_shm_pool objects using the create_pool
+ * request.
+ *
+ * At connection setup time, the wl_shm object emits one or more
+ * format events to inform clients about the valid pixel formats
+ * that can be used for buffers.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_shm_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_buffer wl_buffer
+ * @section page_iface_wl_buffer_desc Description
+ *
+ * A buffer provides the content for a wl_surface. Buffers are
+ * created through factory interfaces such as wl_drm, wl_shm or
+ * similar. It has a width and a height and can be attached to a
+ * wl_surface, but the mechanism by which a client provides and
+ * updates the contents is defined by the buffer factory interface.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_buffer_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_buffer.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_buffer The wl_buffer interface
+ *
+ * A buffer provides the content for a wl_surface. Buffers are
+ * created through factory interfaces such as wl_drm, wl_shm or
+ * similar. It has a width and a height and can be attached to a
+ * wl_surface, but the mechanism by which a client provides and
+ * updates the contents is defined by the buffer factory interface.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_buffer_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_data_offer wl_data_offer
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_offer_desc Description
+ *
+ * A wl_data_offer represents a piece of data offered for transfer
+ * by another client (the source client). It is used by the
+ * copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop mechanisms. The offer
+ * describes the different mime types that the data can be
+ * converted to and provides the mechanism for transferring the
+ * data directly from the source client.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_offer_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_data_offer.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_data_offer The wl_data_offer interface
+ *
+ * A wl_data_offer represents a piece of data offered for transfer
+ * by another client (the source client). It is used by the
+ * copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop mechanisms. The offer
+ * describes the different mime types that the data can be
+ * converted to and provides the mechanism for transferring the
+ * data directly from the source client.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_offer_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_data_source wl_data_source
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_source_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_data_source object is the source side of a wl_data_offer.
+ * It is created by the source client in a data transfer and
+ * provides a way to describe the offered data and a way to respond
+ * to requests to transfer the data.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_source_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_data_source.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_data_source The wl_data_source interface
+ *
+ * The wl_data_source object is the source side of a wl_data_offer.
+ * It is created by the source client in a data transfer and
+ * provides a way to describe the offered data and a way to respond
+ * to requests to transfer the data.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_source_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_data_device wl_data_device
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_device_desc Description
+ *
+ * There is one wl_data_device per seat which can be obtained
+ * from the global wl_data_device_manager singleton.
+ *
+ * A wl_data_device provides access to inter-client data transfer
+ * mechanisms such as copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_device_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_data_device.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_data_device The wl_data_device interface
+ *
+ * There is one wl_data_device per seat which can be obtained
+ * from the global wl_data_device_manager singleton.
+ *
+ * A wl_data_device provides access to inter-client data transfer
+ * mechanisms such as copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_data_device_manager wl_data_device_manager
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_device_manager_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_data_device_manager is a singleton global object that
+ * provides access to inter-client data transfer mechanisms such as
+ * copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop. These mechanisms are tied to
+ * a wl_seat and this interface lets a client get a wl_data_device
+ * corresponding to a wl_seat.
+ *
+ * Depending on the version bound, the objects created from the bound
+ * wl_data_device_manager object will have different requirements for
+ * functioning properly. See wl_data_source.set_actions,
+ * wl_data_offer.accept and wl_data_offer.finish for details.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_device_manager_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_data_device_manager.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_data_device_manager The wl_data_device_manager interface
+ *
+ * The wl_data_device_manager is a singleton global object that
+ * provides access to inter-client data transfer mechanisms such as
+ * copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop. These mechanisms are tied to
+ * a wl_seat and this interface lets a client get a wl_data_device
+ * corresponding to a wl_seat.
+ *
+ * Depending on the version bound, the objects created from the bound
+ * wl_data_device_manager object will have different requirements for
+ * functioning properly. See wl_data_source.set_actions,
+ * wl_data_offer.accept and wl_data_offer.finish for details.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_manager_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_shell wl_shell
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shell_desc Description
+ *
+ * This interface is implemented by servers that provide
+ * desktop-style user interfaces.
+ *
+ * It allows clients to associate a wl_shell_surface with
+ * a basic surface.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shell_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_shell.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_shell The wl_shell interface
+ *
+ * This interface is implemented by servers that provide
+ * desktop-style user interfaces.
+ *
+ * It allows clients to associate a wl_shell_surface with
+ * a basic surface.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_shell_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_shell_surface wl_shell_surface
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shell_surface_desc Description
+ *
+ * An interface that may be implemented by a wl_surface, for
+ * implementations that provide a desktop-style user interface.
+ *
+ * It provides requests to treat surfaces like toplevel, fullscreen
+ * or popup windows, move, resize or maximize them, associate
+ * metadata like title and class, etc.
+ *
+ * On the server side the object is automatically destroyed when
+ * the related wl_surface is destroyed. On the client side,
+ * wl_shell_surface_destroy() must be called before destroying
+ * the wl_surface object.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shell_surface_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_shell_surface.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_shell_surface The wl_shell_surface interface
+ *
+ * An interface that may be implemented by a wl_surface, for
+ * implementations that provide a desktop-style user interface.
+ *
+ * It provides requests to treat surfaces like toplevel, fullscreen
+ * or popup windows, move, resize or maximize them, associate
+ * metadata like title and class, etc.
+ *
+ * On the server side the object is automatically destroyed when
+ * the related wl_surface is destroyed. On the client side,
+ * wl_shell_surface_destroy() must be called before destroying
+ * the wl_surface object.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_shell_surface_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_surface wl_surface
+ * @section page_iface_wl_surface_desc Description
+ *
+ * A surface is a rectangular area that is displayed on the screen.
+ * It has a location, size and pixel contents.
+ *
+ * The size of a surface (and relative positions on it) is described
+ * in surface-local coordinates, which may differ from the buffer
+ * coordinates of the pixel content, in case a buffer_transform
+ * or a buffer_scale is used.
+ *
+ * A surface without a "role" is fairly useless: a compositor does
+ * not know where, when or how to present it. The role is the
+ * purpose of a wl_surface. Examples of roles are a cursor for a
+ * pointer (as set by wl_pointer.set_cursor), a drag icon
+ * (wl_data_device.start_drag), a sub-surface
+ * (wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface), and a window as defined by a
+ * shell protocol (e.g. wl_shell.get_shell_surface).
+ *
+ * A surface can have only one role at a time. Initially a
+ * wl_surface does not have a role. Once a wl_surface is given a
+ * role, it is set permanently for the whole lifetime of the
+ * wl_surface object. Giving the current role again is allowed,
+ * unless explicitly forbidden by the relevant interface
+ * specification.
+ *
+ * Surface roles are given by requests in other interfaces such as
+ * wl_pointer.set_cursor. The request should explicitly mention
+ * that this request gives a role to a wl_surface. Often, this
+ * request also creates a new protocol object that represents the
+ * role and adds additional functionality to wl_surface. When a
+ * client wants to destroy a wl_surface, they must destroy this 'role
+ * object' before the wl_surface.
+ *
+ * Destroying the role object does not remove the role from the
+ * wl_surface, but it may stop the wl_surface from "playing the role".
+ * For instance, if a wl_subsurface object is destroyed, the wl_surface
+ * it was created for will be unmapped and forget its position and
+ * z-order. It is allowed to create a wl_subsurface for the same
+ * wl_surface again, but it is not allowed to use the wl_surface as
+ * a cursor (cursor is a different role than sub-surface, and role
+ * switching is not allowed).
+ * @section page_iface_wl_surface_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_surface.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_surface The wl_surface interface
+ *
+ * A surface is a rectangular area that is displayed on the screen.
+ * It has a location, size and pixel contents.
+ *
+ * The size of a surface (and relative positions on it) is described
+ * in surface-local coordinates, which may differ from the buffer
+ * coordinates of the pixel content, in case a buffer_transform
+ * or a buffer_scale is used.
+ *
+ * A surface without a "role" is fairly useless: a compositor does
+ * not know where, when or how to present it. The role is the
+ * purpose of a wl_surface. Examples of roles are a cursor for a
+ * pointer (as set by wl_pointer.set_cursor), a drag icon
+ * (wl_data_device.start_drag), a sub-surface
+ * (wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface), and a window as defined by a
+ * shell protocol (e.g. wl_shell.get_shell_surface).
+ *
+ * A surface can have only one role at a time. Initially a
+ * wl_surface does not have a role. Once a wl_surface is given a
+ * role, it is set permanently for the whole lifetime of the
+ * wl_surface object. Giving the current role again is allowed,
+ * unless explicitly forbidden by the relevant interface
+ * specification.
+ *
+ * Surface roles are given by requests in other interfaces such as
+ * wl_pointer.set_cursor. The request should explicitly mention
+ * that this request gives a role to a wl_surface. Often, this
+ * request also creates a new protocol object that represents the
+ * role and adds additional functionality to wl_surface. When a
+ * client wants to destroy a wl_surface, they must destroy this 'role
+ * object' before the wl_surface.
+ *
+ * Destroying the role object does not remove the role from the
+ * wl_surface, but it may stop the wl_surface from "playing the role".
+ * For instance, if a wl_subsurface object is destroyed, the wl_surface
+ * it was created for will be unmapped and forget its position and
+ * z-order. It is allowed to create a wl_subsurface for the same
+ * wl_surface again, but it is not allowed to use the wl_surface as
+ * a cursor (cursor is a different role than sub-surface, and role
+ * switching is not allowed).
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_surface_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_seat wl_seat
+ * @section page_iface_wl_seat_desc Description
+ *
+ * A seat is a group of keyboards, pointer and touch devices. This
+ * object is published as a global during start up, or when such a
+ * device is hot plugged. A seat typically has a pointer and
+ * maintains a keyboard focus and a pointer focus.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_seat_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_seat.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_seat The wl_seat interface
+ *
+ * A seat is a group of keyboards, pointer and touch devices. This
+ * object is published as a global during start up, or when such a
+ * device is hot plugged. A seat typically has a pointer and
+ * maintains a keyboard focus and a pointer focus.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_seat_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_pointer wl_pointer
+ * @section page_iface_wl_pointer_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_pointer interface represents one or more input devices,
+ * such as mice, which control the pointer location and pointer_focus
+ * of a seat.
+ *
+ * The wl_pointer interface generates motion, enter and leave
+ * events for the surfaces that the pointer is located over,
+ * and button and axis events for button presses, button releases
+ * and scrolling.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_pointer_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_pointer.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_pointer The wl_pointer interface
+ *
+ * The wl_pointer interface represents one or more input devices,
+ * such as mice, which control the pointer location and pointer_focus
+ * of a seat.
+ *
+ * The wl_pointer interface generates motion, enter and leave
+ * events for the surfaces that the pointer is located over,
+ * and button and axis events for button presses, button releases
+ * and scrolling.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_pointer_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_keyboard wl_keyboard
+ * @section page_iface_wl_keyboard_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_keyboard interface represents one or more keyboards
+ * associated with a seat.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_keyboard_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_keyboard.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_keyboard The wl_keyboard interface
+ *
+ * The wl_keyboard interface represents one or more keyboards
+ * associated with a seat.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_keyboard_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_touch wl_touch
+ * @section page_iface_wl_touch_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_touch interface represents a touchscreen
+ * associated with a seat.
+ *
+ * Touch interactions can consist of one or more contacts.
+ * For each contact, a series of events is generated, starting
+ * with a down event, followed by zero or more motion events,
+ * and ending with an up event. Events relating to the same
+ * contact point can be identified by the ID of the sequence.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_touch_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_touch.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_touch The wl_touch interface
+ *
+ * The wl_touch interface represents a touchscreen
+ * associated with a seat.
+ *
+ * Touch interactions can consist of one or more contacts.
+ * For each contact, a series of events is generated, starting
+ * with a down event, followed by zero or more motion events,
+ * and ending with an up event. Events relating to the same
+ * contact point can be identified by the ID of the sequence.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_touch_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_output wl_output
+ * @section page_iface_wl_output_desc Description
+ *
+ * An output describes part of the compositor geometry. The
+ * compositor works in the 'compositor coordinate system' and an
+ * output corresponds to a rectangular area in that space that is
+ * actually visible. This typically corresponds to a monitor that
+ * displays part of the compositor space. This object is published
+ * as global during start up, or when a monitor is hotplugged.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_output_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_output.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_output The wl_output interface
+ *
+ * An output describes part of the compositor geometry. The
+ * compositor works in the 'compositor coordinate system' and an
+ * output corresponds to a rectangular area in that space that is
+ * actually visible. This typically corresponds to a monitor that
+ * displays part of the compositor space. This object is published
+ * as global during start up, or when a monitor is hotplugged.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_output_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_region wl_region
+ * @section page_iface_wl_region_desc Description
+ *
+ * A region object describes an area.
+ *
+ * Region objects are used to describe the opaque and input
+ * regions of a surface.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_region_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_region.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_region The wl_region interface
+ *
+ * A region object describes an area.
+ *
+ * Region objects are used to describe the opaque and input
+ * regions of a surface.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_region_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_subcompositor wl_subcompositor
+ * @section page_iface_wl_subcompositor_desc Description
+ *
+ * The global interface exposing sub-surface compositing capabilities.
+ * A wl_surface, that has sub-surfaces associated, is called the
+ * parent surface. Sub-surfaces can be arbitrarily nested and create
+ * a tree of sub-surfaces.
+ *
+ * The root surface in a tree of sub-surfaces is the main
+ * surface. The main surface cannot be a sub-surface, because
+ * sub-surfaces must always have a parent.
+ *
+ * A main surface with its sub-surfaces forms a (compound) window.
+ * For window management purposes, this set of wl_surface objects is
+ * to be considered as a single window, and it should also behave as
+ * such.
+ *
+ * The aim of sub-surfaces is to offload some of the compositing work
+ * within a window from clients to the compositor. A prime example is
+ * a video player with decorations and video in separate wl_surface
+ * objects. This should allow the compositor to pass YUV video buffer
+ * processing to dedicated overlay hardware when possible.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_subcompositor_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_subcompositor.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_subcompositor The wl_subcompositor interface
+ *
+ * The global interface exposing sub-surface compositing capabilities.
+ * A wl_surface, that has sub-surfaces associated, is called the
+ * parent surface. Sub-surfaces can be arbitrarily nested and create
+ * a tree of sub-surfaces.
+ *
+ * The root surface in a tree of sub-surfaces is the main
+ * surface. The main surface cannot be a sub-surface, because
+ * sub-surfaces must always have a parent.
+ *
+ * A main surface with its sub-surfaces forms a (compound) window.
+ * For window management purposes, this set of wl_surface objects is
+ * to be considered as a single window, and it should also behave as
+ * such.
+ *
+ * The aim of sub-surfaces is to offload some of the compositing work
+ * within a window from clients to the compositor. A prime example is
+ * a video player with decorations and video in separate wl_surface
+ * objects. This should allow the compositor to pass YUV video buffer
+ * processing to dedicated overlay hardware when possible.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_subcompositor_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_subsurface wl_subsurface
+ * @section page_iface_wl_subsurface_desc Description
+ *
+ * An additional interface to a wl_surface object, which has been
+ * made a sub-surface. A sub-surface has one parent surface. A
+ * sub-surface's size and position are not limited to that of the parent.
+ * Particularly, a sub-surface is not automatically clipped to its
+ * parent's area.
+ *
+ * A sub-surface becomes mapped, when a non-NULL wl_buffer is applied
+ * and the parent surface is mapped. The order of which one happens
+ * first is irrelevant. A sub-surface is hidden if the parent becomes
+ * hidden, or if a NULL wl_buffer is applied. These rules apply
+ * recursively through the tree of surfaces.
+ *
+ * The behaviour of a wl_surface.commit request on a sub-surface
+ * depends on the sub-surface's mode. The possible modes are
+ * synchronized and desynchronized, see methods
+ * wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync. Synchronized
+ * mode caches the wl_surface state to be applied when the parent's
+ * state gets applied, and desynchronized mode applies the pending
+ * wl_surface state directly. A sub-surface is initially in the
+ * synchronized mode.
+ *
+ * Sub-surfaces have also other kind of state, which is managed by
+ * wl_subsurface requests, as opposed to wl_surface requests. This
+ * state includes the sub-surface position relative to the parent
+ * surface (wl_subsurface.set_position), and the stacking order of
+ * the parent and its sub-surfaces (wl_subsurface.place_above and
+ * .place_below). This state is applied when the parent surface's
+ * wl_surface state is applied, regardless of the sub-surface's mode.
+ * As the exception, set_sync and set_desync are effective immediately.
+ *
+ * The main surface can be thought to be always in desynchronized mode,
+ * since it does not have a parent in the sub-surfaces sense.
+ *
+ * Even if a sub-surface is in desynchronized mode, it will behave as
+ * in synchronized mode, if its parent surface behaves as in
+ * synchronized mode. This rule is applied recursively throughout the
+ * tree of surfaces. This means, that one can set a sub-surface into
+ * synchronized mode, and then assume that all its child and grand-child
+ * sub-surfaces are synchronized, too, without explicitly setting them.
+ *
+ * If the wl_surface associated with the wl_subsurface is destroyed, the
+ * wl_subsurface object becomes inert. Note, that destroying either object
+ * takes effect immediately. If you need to synchronize the removal
+ * of a sub-surface to the parent surface update, unmap the sub-surface
+ * first by attaching a NULL wl_buffer, update parent, and then destroy
+ * the sub-surface.
+ *
+ * If the parent wl_surface object is destroyed, the sub-surface is
+ * unmapped.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_subsurface_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_subsurface.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_subsurface The wl_subsurface interface
+ *
+ * An additional interface to a wl_surface object, which has been
+ * made a sub-surface. A sub-surface has one parent surface. A
+ * sub-surface's size and position are not limited to that of the parent.
+ * Particularly, a sub-surface is not automatically clipped to its
+ * parent's area.
+ *
+ * A sub-surface becomes mapped, when a non-NULL wl_buffer is applied
+ * and the parent surface is mapped. The order of which one happens
+ * first is irrelevant. A sub-surface is hidden if the parent becomes
+ * hidden, or if a NULL wl_buffer is applied. These rules apply
+ * recursively through the tree of surfaces.
+ *
+ * The behaviour of a wl_surface.commit request on a sub-surface
+ * depends on the sub-surface's mode. The possible modes are
+ * synchronized and desynchronized, see methods
+ * wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync. Synchronized
+ * mode caches the wl_surface state to be applied when the parent's
+ * state gets applied, and desynchronized mode applies the pending
+ * wl_surface state directly. A sub-surface is initially in the
+ * synchronized mode.
+ *
+ * Sub-surfaces have also other kind of state, which is managed by
+ * wl_subsurface requests, as opposed to wl_surface requests. This
+ * state includes the sub-surface position relative to the parent
+ * surface (wl_subsurface.set_position), and the stacking order of
+ * the parent and its sub-surfaces (wl_subsurface.place_above and
+ * .place_below). This state is applied when the parent surface's
+ * wl_surface state is applied, regardless of the sub-surface's mode.
+ * As the exception, set_sync and set_desync are effective immediately.
+ *
+ * The main surface can be thought to be always in desynchronized mode,
+ * since it does not have a parent in the sub-surfaces sense.
+ *
+ * Even if a sub-surface is in desynchronized mode, it will behave as
+ * in synchronized mode, if its parent surface behaves as in
+ * synchronized mode. This rule is applied recursively throughout the
+ * tree of surfaces. This means, that one can set a sub-surface into
+ * synchronized mode, and then assume that all its child and grand-child
+ * sub-surfaces are synchronized, too, without explicitly setting them.
+ *
+ * If the wl_surface associated with the wl_subsurface is destroyed, the
+ * wl_subsurface object becomes inert. Note, that destroying either object
+ * takes effect immediately. If you need to synchronize the removal
+ * of a sub-surface to the parent surface update, unmap the sub-surface
+ * first by attaching a NULL wl_buffer, update parent, and then destroy
+ * the sub-surface.
+ *
+ * If the parent wl_surface object is destroyed, the sub-surface is
+ * unmapped.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_subsurface_interface;
+
+#ifndef WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ * global error values
+ *
+ * These errors are global and can be emitted in response to any
+ * server request.
+ */
+enum wl_display_error {
+ /**
+ * server couldn't find object
+ */
+ WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_INVALID_OBJECT = 0,
+ /**
+ * method doesn't exist on the specified interface
+ */
+ WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_INVALID_METHOD = 1,
+ /**
+ * server is out of memory
+ */
+ WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_NO_MEMORY = 2,
+};
+#endif /* WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ * @struct wl_display_listener
+ */
+struct wl_display_listener {
+ /**
+ * fatal error event
+ *
+ * The error event is sent out when a fatal (non-recoverable)
+ * error has occurred. The object_id argument is the object where
+ * the error occurred, most often in response to a request to that
+ * object. The code identifies the error and is defined by the
+ * object interface. As such, each interface defines its own set of
+ * error codes. The message is a brief description of the error,
+ * for (debugging) convenience.
+ * @param object_id object where the error occurred
+ * @param code error code
+ * @param message error description
+ */
+ void (*error)(void *data,
+ struct wl_display *wl_display,
+ void *object_id,
+ uint32_t code,
+ const char *message);
+ /**
+ * acknowledge object ID deletion
+ *
+ * This event is used internally by the object ID management
+ * logic. When a client deletes an object, the server will send
+ * this event to acknowledge that it has seen the delete request.
+ * When the client receives this event, it will know that it can
+ * safely reuse the object ID.
+ * @param id deleted object ID
+ */
+ void (*delete_id)(void *data,
+ struct wl_display *wl_display,
+ uint32_t id);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_display_add_listener(struct wl_display *wl_display,
+ const struct wl_display_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_DISPLAY_SYNC 0
+#define WL_DISPLAY_GET_REGISTRY 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ */
+#define WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ */
+#define WL_DISPLAY_DELETE_ID_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ */
+#define WL_DISPLAY_SYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ */
+#define WL_DISPLAY_GET_REGISTRY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_display */
+static inline void
+wl_display_set_user_data(struct wl_display *wl_display, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_display */
+static inline void *
+wl_display_get_user_data(struct wl_display *wl_display)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_display_get_version(struct wl_display *wl_display)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ *
+ * The sync request asks the server to emit the 'done' event
+ * on the returned wl_callback object. Since requests are
+ * handled in-order and events are delivered in-order, this can
+ * be used as a barrier to ensure all previous requests and the
+ * resulting events have been handled.
+ *
+ * The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
+ * compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client must not
+ * attempt to use it after that point.
+ *
+ * The callback_data passed in the callback is the event serial.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_callback *
+wl_display_sync(struct wl_display *wl_display)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *callback;
+
+ callback = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display,
+ WL_DISPLAY_SYNC, &wl_callback_interface, NULL);
+
+ return (struct wl_callback *) callback;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ *
+ * This request creates a registry object that allows the client
+ * to list and bind the global objects available from the
+ * compositor.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_registry *
+wl_display_get_registry(struct wl_display *wl_display)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *registry;
+
+ registry = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_display,
+ WL_DISPLAY_GET_REGISTRY, &wl_registry_interface, NULL);
+
+ return (struct wl_registry *) registry;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ * @struct wl_registry_listener
+ */
+struct wl_registry_listener {
+ /**
+ * announce global object
+ *
+ * Notify the client of global objects.
+ *
+ * The event notifies the client that a global object with the
+ * given name is now available, and it implements the given version
+ * of the given interface.
+ * @param name numeric name of the global object
+ * @param interface interface implemented by the object
+ * @param version interface version
+ */
+ void (*global)(void *data,
+ struct wl_registry *wl_registry,
+ uint32_t name,
+ const char *interface,
+ uint32_t version);
+ /**
+ * announce removal of global object
+ *
+ * Notify the client of removed global objects.
+ *
+ * This event notifies the client that the global identified by
+ * name is no longer available. If the client bound to the global
+ * using the bind request, the client should now destroy that
+ * object.
+ *
+ * The object remains valid and requests to the object will be
+ * ignored until the client destroys it, to avoid races between the
+ * global going away and a client sending a request to it.
+ * @param name numeric name of the global object
+ */
+ void (*global_remove)(void *data,
+ struct wl_registry *wl_registry,
+ uint32_t name);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_registry_add_listener(struct wl_registry *wl_registry,
+ const struct wl_registry_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_REGISTRY_BIND 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ */
+#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ */
+#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_REMOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ */
+#define WL_REGISTRY_BIND_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_registry */
+static inline void
+wl_registry_set_user_data(struct wl_registry *wl_registry, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_registry */
+static inline void *
+wl_registry_get_user_data(struct wl_registry *wl_registry)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_registry_get_version(struct wl_registry *wl_registry)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_registry */
+static inline void
+wl_registry_destroy(struct wl_registry *wl_registry)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ *
+ * Binds a new, client-created object to the server using the
+ * specified name as the identifier.
+ */
+static inline void *
+wl_registry_bind(struct wl_registry *wl_registry, uint32_t name, const struct wl_interface *interface, uint32_t version)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor_versioned((struct wl_proxy *) wl_registry,
+ WL_REGISTRY_BIND, interface, version, name, interface->name, version, NULL);
+
+ return (void *) id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_callback
+ * @struct wl_callback_listener
+ */
+struct wl_callback_listener {
+ /**
+ * done event
+ *
+ * Notify the client when the related request is done.
+ * @param callback_data request-specific data for the callback
+ */
+ void (*done)(void *data,
+ struct wl_callback *wl_callback,
+ uint32_t callback_data);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_callback
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_callback_add_listener(struct wl_callback *wl_callback,
+ const struct wl_callback_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_callback,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_callback
+ */
+#define WL_CALLBACK_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_callback */
+static inline void
+wl_callback_set_user_data(struct wl_callback *wl_callback, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_callback, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_callback */
+static inline void *
+wl_callback_get_user_data(struct wl_callback *wl_callback)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_callback);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_callback_get_version(struct wl_callback *wl_callback)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_callback);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_callback */
+static inline void
+wl_callback_destroy(struct wl_callback *wl_callback)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_callback);
+}
+
+#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_SURFACE 0
+#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_REGION 1
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
+ */
+#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_SURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
+ */
+#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_compositor */
+static inline void
+wl_compositor_set_user_data(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_compositor */
+static inline void *
+wl_compositor_get_user_data(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_compositor_get_version(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_compositor */
+static inline void
+wl_compositor_destroy(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
+ *
+ * Ask the compositor to create a new surface.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_surface *
+wl_compositor_create_surface(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor,
+ WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_SURFACE, &wl_surface_interface, NULL);
+
+ return (struct wl_surface *) id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
+ *
+ * Ask the compositor to create a new region.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_region *
+wl_compositor_create_region(struct wl_compositor *wl_compositor)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_compositor,
+ WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_REGION, &wl_region_interface, NULL);
+
+ return (struct wl_region *) id;
+}
+
+#define WL_SHM_POOL_CREATE_BUFFER 0
+#define WL_SHM_POOL_DESTROY 1
+#define WL_SHM_POOL_RESIZE 2
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
+ */
+#define WL_SHM_POOL_CREATE_BUFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
+ */
+#define WL_SHM_POOL_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
+ */
+#define WL_SHM_POOL_RESIZE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool */
+static inline void
+wl_shm_pool_set_user_data(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool */
+static inline void *
+wl_shm_pool_get_user_data(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_shm_pool_get_version(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
+ *
+ * Create a wl_buffer object from the pool.
+ *
+ * The buffer is created offset bytes into the pool and has
+ * width and height as specified. The stride argument specifies
+ * the number of bytes from the beginning of one row to the beginning
+ * of the next. The format is the pixel format of the buffer and
+ * must be one of those advertised through the wl_shm.format event.
+ *
+ * A buffer will keep a reference to the pool it was created from
+ * so it is valid to destroy the pool immediately after creating
+ * a buffer from it.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_buffer *
+wl_shm_pool_create_buffer(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool, int32_t offset, int32_t width, int32_t height, int32_t stride, uint32_t format)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool,
+ WL_SHM_POOL_CREATE_BUFFER, &wl_buffer_interface, NULL, offset, width, height, stride, format);
+
+ return (struct wl_buffer *) id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
+ *
+ * Destroy the shared memory pool.
+ *
+ * The mmapped memory will be released when all
+ * buffers that have been created from this pool
+ * are gone.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shm_pool_destroy(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool,
+ WL_SHM_POOL_DESTROY);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
+ *
+ * This request will cause the server to remap the backing memory
+ * for the pool from the file descriptor passed when the pool was
+ * created, but using the new size. This request can only be
+ * used to make the pool bigger.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shm_pool_resize(struct wl_shm_pool *wl_shm_pool, int32_t size)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm_pool,
+ WL_SHM_POOL_RESIZE, size);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ * wl_shm error values
+ *
+ * These errors can be emitted in response to wl_shm requests.
+ */
+enum wl_shm_error {
+ /**
+ * buffer format is not known
+ */
+ WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_FORMAT = 0,
+ /**
+ * invalid size or stride during pool or buffer creation
+ */
+ WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_STRIDE = 1,
+ /**
+ * mmapping the file descriptor failed
+ */
+ WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_FD = 2,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM
+#define WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ * pixel formats
+ *
+ * This describes the memory layout of an individual pixel.
+ *
+ * All renderers should support argb8888 and xrgb8888 but any other
+ * formats are optional and may not be supported by the particular
+ * renderer in use.
+ *
+ * The drm format codes match the macros defined in drm_fourcc.h.
+ * The formats actually supported by the compositor will be
+ * reported by the format event.
+ */
+enum wl_shm_format {
+ /**
+ * 32-bit ARGB format, [31:0] A:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB8888 = 0,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit RGB format, [31:0] x:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB8888 = 1,
+ /**
+ * 8-bit color index format, [7:0] C
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_C8 = 0x20203843,
+ /**
+ * 8-bit RGB format, [7:0] R:G:B 3:3:2
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB332 = 0x38424752,
+ /**
+ * 8-bit BGR format, [7:0] B:G:R 2:3:3
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR233 = 0x38524742,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit xRGB format, [15:0] x:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB4444 = 0x32315258,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit xBGR format, [15:0] x:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR4444 = 0x32314258,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit RGBx format, [15:0] R:G:B:x 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX4444 = 0x32315852,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit BGRx format, [15:0] B:G:R:x 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX4444 = 0x32315842,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit ARGB format, [15:0] A:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB4444 = 0x32315241,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit ABGR format, [15:0] A:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR4444 = 0x32314241,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit RBGA format, [15:0] R:G:B:A 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA4444 = 0x32314152,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit BGRA format, [15:0] B:G:R:A 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA4444 = 0x32314142,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit xRGB format, [15:0] x:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB1555 = 0x35315258,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit xBGR 1555 format, [15:0] x:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR1555 = 0x35314258,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit RGBx 5551 format, [15:0] R:G:B:x 5:5:5:1 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX5551 = 0x35315852,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit BGRx 5551 format, [15:0] B:G:R:x 5:5:5:1 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX5551 = 0x35315842,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit ARGB 1555 format, [15:0] A:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB1555 = 0x35315241,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit ABGR 1555 format, [15:0] A:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR1555 = 0x35314241,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit RGBA 5551 format, [15:0] R:G:B:A 5:5:5:1 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA5551 = 0x35314152,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit BGRA 5551 format, [15:0] B:G:R:A 5:5:5:1 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA5551 = 0x35314142,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit RGB 565 format, [15:0] R:G:B 5:6:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB565 = 0x36314752,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit BGR 565 format, [15:0] B:G:R 5:6:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR565 = 0x36314742,
+ /**
+ * 24-bit RGB format, [23:0] R:G:B little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB888 = 0x34324752,
+ /**
+ * 24-bit BGR format, [23:0] B:G:R little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR888 = 0x34324742,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit xBGR format, [31:0] x:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR8888 = 0x34324258,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit RGBx format, [31:0] R:G:B:x 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX8888 = 0x34325852,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit BGRx format, [31:0] B:G:R:x 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX8888 = 0x34325842,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit ABGR format, [31:0] A:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR8888 = 0x34324241,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit RGBA format, [31:0] R:G:B:A 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA8888 = 0x34324152,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit BGRA format, [31:0] B:G:R:A 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA8888 = 0x34324142,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit xRGB format, [31:0] x:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB2101010 = 0x30335258,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit xBGR format, [31:0] x:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR2101010 = 0x30334258,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit RGBx format, [31:0] R:G:B:x 10:10:10:2 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX1010102 = 0x30335852,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit BGRx format, [31:0] B:G:R:x 10:10:10:2 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX1010102 = 0x30335842,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit ARGB format, [31:0] A:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB2101010 = 0x30335241,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit ABGR format, [31:0] A:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR2101010 = 0x30334241,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit RGBA format, [31:0] R:G:B:A 10:10:10:2 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA1010102 = 0x30334152,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit BGRA format, [31:0] B:G:R:A 10:10:10:2 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA1010102 = 0x30334142,
+ /**
+ * packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Cr0:Y1:Cb0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUYV = 0x56595559,
+ /**
+ * packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Cb0:Y1:Cr0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVYU = 0x55595659,
+ /**
+ * packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Y1:Cr0:Y0:Cb0 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_UYVY = 0x59565955,
+ /**
+ * packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Y1:Cb0:Y0:Cr0 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_VYUY = 0x59555956,
+ /**
+ * packed AYCbCr format, [31:0] A:Y:Cb:Cr 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_AYUV = 0x56555941,
+ /**
+ * 2 plane YCbCr Cr:Cb format, 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV12 = 0x3231564e,
+ /**
+ * 2 plane YCbCr Cb:Cr format, 2x2 subsampled Cb:Cr plane
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV21 = 0x3132564e,
+ /**
+ * 2 plane YCbCr Cr:Cb format, 2x1 subsampled Cr:Cb plane
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV16 = 0x3631564e,
+ /**
+ * 2 plane YCbCr Cb:Cr format, 2x1 subsampled Cb:Cr plane
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV61 = 0x3136564e,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x4 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV410 = 0x39565559,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x4 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU410 = 0x39555659,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV411 = 0x31315559,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU411 = 0x31315659,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x2 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV420 = 0x32315559,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x2 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU420 = 0x32315659,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV422 = 0x36315559,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU422 = 0x36315659,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, non-subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV444 = 0x34325559,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, non-subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU444 = 0x34325659,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ * @struct wl_shm_listener
+ */
+struct wl_shm_listener {
+ /**
+ * pixel format description
+ *
+ * Informs the client about a valid pixel format that can be used
+ * for buffers. Known formats include argb8888 and xrgb8888.
+ * @param format buffer pixel format
+ */
+ void (*format)(void *data,
+ struct wl_shm *wl_shm,
+ uint32_t format);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_shm_add_listener(struct wl_shm *wl_shm,
+ const struct wl_shm_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_SHM_CREATE_POOL 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ */
+#define WL_SHM_FORMAT_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ */
+#define WL_SHM_CREATE_POOL_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shm */
+static inline void
+wl_shm_set_user_data(struct wl_shm *wl_shm, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shm */
+static inline void *
+wl_shm_get_user_data(struct wl_shm *wl_shm)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_shm_get_version(struct wl_shm *wl_shm)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shm */
+static inline void
+wl_shm_destroy(struct wl_shm *wl_shm)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ *
+ * Create a new wl_shm_pool object.
+ *
+ * The pool can be used to create shared memory based buffer
+ * objects. The server will mmap size bytes of the passed file
+ * descriptor, to use as backing memory for the pool.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_shm_pool *
+wl_shm_create_pool(struct wl_shm *wl_shm, int32_t fd, int32_t size)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shm,
+ WL_SHM_CREATE_POOL, &wl_shm_pool_interface, NULL, fd, size);
+
+ return (struct wl_shm_pool *) id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
+ * @struct wl_buffer_listener
+ */
+struct wl_buffer_listener {
+ /**
+ * compositor releases buffer
+ *
+ * Sent when this wl_buffer is no longer used by the compositor.
+ * The client is now free to reuse or destroy this buffer and its
+ * backing storage.
+ *
+ * If a client receives a release event before the frame callback
+ * requested in the same wl_surface.commit that attaches this
+ * wl_buffer to a surface, then the client is immediately free to
+ * reuse the buffer and its backing storage, and does not need a
+ * second buffer for the next surface content update. Typically
+ * this is possible, when the compositor maintains a copy of the
+ * wl_surface contents, e.g. as a GL texture. This is an important
+ * optimization for GL(ES) compositors with wl_shm clients.
+ */
+ void (*release)(void *data,
+ struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_buffer_add_listener(struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer,
+ const struct wl_buffer_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_BUFFER_DESTROY 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
+ */
+#define WL_BUFFER_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
+ */
+#define WL_BUFFER_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_buffer */
+static inline void
+wl_buffer_set_user_data(struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_buffer */
+static inline void *
+wl_buffer_get_user_data(struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_buffer_get_version(struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
+ *
+ * Destroy a buffer. If and how you need to release the backing
+ * storage is defined by the buffer factory interface.
+ *
+ * For possible side-effects to a surface, see wl_surface.attach.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_buffer_destroy(struct wl_buffer *wl_buffer)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer,
+ WL_BUFFER_DESTROY);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_buffer);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_data_offer_error {
+ /**
+ * finish request was called untimely
+ */
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_FINISH = 0,
+ /**
+ * action mask contains invalid values
+ */
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION_MASK = 1,
+ /**
+ * action argument has an invalid value
+ */
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION = 2,
+ /**
+ * offer doesn't accept this request
+ */
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_OFFER = 3,
+};
+#endif /* WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ * @struct wl_data_offer_listener
+ */
+struct wl_data_offer_listener {
+ /**
+ * advertise offered mime type
+ *
+ * Sent immediately after creating the wl_data_offer object. One
+ * event per offered mime type.
+ * @param mime_type offered mime type
+ */
+ void (*offer)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer,
+ const char *mime_type);
+ /**
+ * notify the source-side available actions
+ *
+ * This event indicates the actions offered by the data source.
+ * It will be sent right after wl_data_device.enter, or anytime the
+ * source side changes its offered actions through
+ * wl_data_source.set_actions.
+ * @param source_actions actions offered by the data source
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*source_actions)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer,
+ uint32_t source_actions);
+ /**
+ * notify the selected action
+ *
+ * This event indicates the action selected by the compositor
+ * after matching the source/destination side actions. Only one
+ * action (or none) will be offered here.
+ *
+ * This event can be emitted multiple times during the
+ * drag-and-drop operation in response to destination side action
+ * changes through wl_data_offer.set_actions.
+ *
+ * This event will no longer be emitted after wl_data_device.drop
+ * happened on the drag-and-drop destination, the client must honor
+ * the last action received, or the last preferred one set through
+ * wl_data_offer.set_actions when handling an "ask" action.
+ *
+ * Compositors may also change the selected action on the fly,
+ * mainly in response to keyboard modifier changes during the
+ * drag-and-drop operation.
+ *
+ * The most recent action received is always the valid one. Prior
+ * to receiving wl_data_device.drop, the chosen action may change
+ * (e.g. due to keyboard modifiers being pressed). At the time of
+ * receiving wl_data_device.drop the drag-and-drop destination must
+ * honor the last action received.
+ *
+ * Action changes may still happen after wl_data_device.drop,
+ * especially on "ask" actions, where the drag-and-drop destination
+ * may choose another action afterwards. Action changes happening
+ * at this stage are always the result of inter-client negotiation,
+ * the compositor shall no longer be able to induce a different
+ * action.
+ *
+ * Upon "ask" actions, it is expected that the drag-and-drop
+ * destination may potentially choose a different action and/or
+ * mime type, based on wl_data_offer.source_actions and finally
+ * chosen by the user (e.g. popping up a menu with the available
+ * options). The final wl_data_offer.set_actions and
+ * wl_data_offer.accept requests must happen before the call to
+ * wl_data_offer.finish.
+ * @param dnd_action action selected by the compositor
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*action)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer,
+ uint32_t dnd_action);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_data_offer_add_listener(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer,
+ const struct wl_data_offer_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACCEPT 0
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_RECEIVE 1
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_DESTROY 2
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_FINISH 3
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SET_ACTIONS 4
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SOURCE_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACTION_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACCEPT_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_RECEIVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_FINISH_SINCE_VERSION 3
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SET_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer */
+static inline void
+wl_data_offer_set_user_data(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer */
+static inline void *
+wl_data_offer_get_user_data(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_data_offer_get_version(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ *
+ * Indicate that the client can accept the given mime type, or
+ * NULL for not accepted.
+ *
+ * For objects of version 2 or older, this request is used by the
+ * client to give feedback whether the client can receive the given
+ * mime type, or NULL if none is accepted; the feedback does not
+ * determine whether the drag-and-drop operation succeeds or not.
+ *
+ * For objects of version 3 or newer, this request determines the
+ * final result of the drag-and-drop operation. If the end result
+ * is that no mime types were accepted, the drag-and-drop operation
+ * will be cancelled and the corresponding drag source will receive
+ * wl_data_source.cancelled. Clients may still use this event in
+ * conjunction with wl_data_source.action for feedback.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_offer_accept(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer, uint32_t serial, const char *mime_type)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_ACCEPT, serial, mime_type);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ *
+ * To transfer the offered data, the client issues this request
+ * and indicates the mime type it wants to receive. The transfer
+ * happens through the passed file descriptor (typically created
+ * with the pipe system call). The source client writes the data
+ * in the mime type representation requested and then closes the
+ * file descriptor.
+ *
+ * The receiving client reads from the read end of the pipe until
+ * EOF and then closes its end, at which point the transfer is
+ * complete.
+ *
+ * This request may happen multiple times for different mime types,
+ * both before and after wl_data_device.drop. Drag-and-drop destination
+ * clients may preemptively fetch data or examine it more closely to
+ * determine acceptance.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_offer_receive(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer, const char *mime_type, int32_t fd)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_RECEIVE, mime_type, fd);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ *
+ * Destroy the data offer.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_offer_destroy(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_DESTROY);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ *
+ * Notifies the compositor that the drag destination successfully
+ * finished the drag-and-drop operation.
+ *
+ * Upon receiving this request, the compositor will emit
+ * wl_data_source.dnd_finished on the drag source client.
+ *
+ * It is a client error to perform other requests than
+ * wl_data_offer.destroy after this one. It is also an error to perform
+ * this request after a NULL mime type has been set in
+ * wl_data_offer.accept or no action was received through
+ * wl_data_offer.action.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_offer_finish(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_FINISH);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ *
+ * Sets the actions that the destination side client supports for
+ * this operation. This request may trigger the emission of
+ * wl_data_source.action and wl_data_offer.action events if the compositor
+ * needs to change the selected action.
+ *
+ * This request can be called multiple times throughout the
+ * drag-and-drop operation, typically in response to wl_data_device.enter
+ * or wl_data_device.motion events.
+ *
+ * This request determines the final result of the drag-and-drop
+ * operation. If the end result is that no action is accepted,
+ * the drag source will receive wl_drag_source.cancelled.
+ *
+ * The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in the
+ * wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, and the preferred_action
+ * argument must only contain one of those values set, otherwise it
+ * will result in a protocol error.
+ *
+ * While managing an "ask" action, the destination drag-and-drop client
+ * may perform further wl_data_offer.receive requests, and is expected
+ * to perform one last wl_data_offer.set_actions request with a preferred
+ * action other than "ask" (and optionally wl_data_offer.accept) before
+ * requesting wl_data_offer.finish, in order to convey the action selected
+ * by the user. If the preferred action is not in the
+ * wl_data_offer.source_actions mask, an error will be raised.
+ *
+ * If the "ask" action is dismissed (e.g. user cancellation), the client
+ * is expected to perform wl_data_offer.destroy right away.
+ *
+ * This request can only be made on drag-and-drop offers, a protocol error
+ * will be raised otherwise.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_offer_set_actions(struct wl_data_offer *wl_data_offer, uint32_t dnd_actions, uint32_t preferred_action)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_offer,
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_SET_ACTIONS, dnd_actions, preferred_action);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_data_source_error {
+ /**
+ * action mask contains invalid values
+ */
+ WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION_MASK = 0,
+ /**
+ * source doesn't accept this request
+ */
+ WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_INVALID_SOURCE = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ * @struct wl_data_source_listener
+ */
+struct wl_data_source_listener {
+ /**
+ * a target accepts an offered mime type
+ *
+ * Sent when a target accepts pointer_focus or motion events. If
+ * a target does not accept any of the offered types, type is NULL.
+ *
+ * Used for feedback during drag-and-drop.
+ * @param mime_type mime type accepted by the target
+ */
+ void (*target)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source,
+ const char *mime_type);
+ /**
+ * send the data
+ *
+ * Request for data from the client. Send the data as the
+ * specified mime type over the passed file descriptor, then close
+ * it.
+ * @param mime_type mime type for the data
+ * @param fd file descriptor for the data
+ */
+ void (*send)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source,
+ const char *mime_type,
+ int32_t fd);
+ /**
+ * selection was cancelled
+ *
+ * This data source is no longer valid. There are several reasons
+ * why this could happen:
+ *
+ * - The data source has been replaced by another data source. -
+ * The drag-and-drop operation was performed, but the drop
+ * destination did not accept any of the mime types offered through
+ * wl_data_source.target. - The drag-and-drop operation was
+ * performed, but the drop destination did not select any of the
+ * actions present in the mask offered through
+ * wl_data_source.action. - The drag-and-drop operation was
+ * performed but didn't happen over a surface. - The compositor
+ * cancelled the drag-and-drop operation (e.g. compositor dependent
+ * timeouts to avoid stale drag-and-drop transfers).
+ *
+ * The client should clean up and destroy this data source.
+ *
+ * For objects of version 2 or older, wl_data_source.cancelled will
+ * only be emitted if the data source was replaced by another data
+ * source.
+ */
+ void (*cancelled)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source);
+ /**
+ * the drag-and-drop operation physically finished
+ *
+ * The user performed the drop action. This event does not
+ * indicate acceptance, wl_data_source.cancelled may still be
+ * emitted afterwards if the drop destination does not accept any
+ * mime type.
+ *
+ * However, this event might however not be received if the
+ * compositor cancelled the drag-and-drop operation before this
+ * event could happen.
+ *
+ * Note that the data_source may still be used in the future and
+ * should not be destroyed here.
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*dnd_drop_performed)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source);
+ /**
+ * the drag-and-drop operation concluded
+ *
+ * The drop destination finished interoperating with this data
+ * source, so the client is now free to destroy this data source
+ * and free all associated data.
+ *
+ * If the action used to perform the operation was "move", the
+ * source can now delete the transferred data.
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*dnd_finished)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source);
+ /**
+ * notify the selected action
+ *
+ * This event indicates the action selected by the compositor
+ * after matching the source/destination side actions. Only one
+ * action (or none) will be offered here.
+ *
+ * This event can be emitted multiple times during the
+ * drag-and-drop operation, mainly in response to destination side
+ * changes through wl_data_offer.set_actions, and as the data
+ * device enters/leaves surfaces.
+ *
+ * It is only possible to receive this event after
+ * wl_data_source.dnd_drop_performed if the drag-and-drop operation
+ * ended in an "ask" action, in which case the final
+ * wl_data_source.action event will happen immediately before
+ * wl_data_source.dnd_finished.
+ *
+ * Compositors may also change the selected action on the fly,
+ * mainly in response to keyboard modifier changes during the
+ * drag-and-drop operation.
+ *
+ * The most recent action received is always the valid one. The
+ * chosen action may change alongside negotiation (e.g. an "ask"
+ * action can turn into a "move" operation), so the effects of the
+ * final action must always be applied in
+ * wl_data_offer.dnd_finished.
+ *
+ * Clients can trigger cursor surface changes from this point, so
+ * they reflect the current action.
+ * @param dnd_action action selected by the compositor
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*action)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source,
+ uint32_t dnd_action);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_data_source_add_listener(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source,
+ const struct wl_data_source_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_OFFER 0
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DESTROY 1
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SET_ACTIONS 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_TARGET_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SEND_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_CANCELLED_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_DROP_PERFORMED_SINCE_VERSION 3
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_FINISHED_SINCE_VERSION 3
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_ACTION_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SET_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_source */
+static inline void
+wl_data_source_set_user_data(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_source */
+static inline void *
+wl_data_source_get_user_data(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_data_source_get_version(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ *
+ * This request adds a mime type to the set of mime types
+ * advertised to targets. Can be called several times to offer
+ * multiple types.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_source_offer(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source, const char *mime_type)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source,
+ WL_DATA_SOURCE_OFFER, mime_type);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ *
+ * Destroy the data source.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_source_destroy(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source,
+ WL_DATA_SOURCE_DESTROY);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ *
+ * Sets the actions that the source side client supports for this
+ * operation. This request may trigger wl_data_source.action and
+ * wl_data_offer.action events if the compositor needs to change the
+ * selected action.
+ *
+ * The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in the
+ * wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, otherwise it will result
+ * in a protocol error.
+ *
+ * This request must be made once only, and can only be made on sources
+ * used in drag-and-drop, so it must be performed before
+ * wl_data_device.start_drag. Attempting to use the source other than
+ * for drag-and-drop will raise a protocol error.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_source_set_actions(struct wl_data_source *wl_data_source, uint32_t dnd_actions)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_source,
+ WL_DATA_SOURCE_SET_ACTIONS, dnd_actions);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_data_device_error {
+ /**
+ * given wl_surface has another role
+ */
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
+};
+#endif /* WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ * @struct wl_data_device_listener
+ */
+struct wl_data_device_listener {
+ /**
+ * introduce a new wl_data_offer
+ *
+ * The data_offer event introduces a new wl_data_offer object,
+ * which will subsequently be used in either the data_device.enter
+ * event (for drag-and-drop) or the data_device.selection event
+ * (for selections). Immediately following the
+ * data_device_data_offer event, the new data_offer object will
+ * send out data_offer.offer events to describe the mime types it
+ * offers.
+ * @param id the new data_offer object
+ */
+ void (*data_offer)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device,
+ struct wl_data_offer *id);
+ /**
+ * initiate drag-and-drop session
+ *
+ * This event is sent when an active drag-and-drop pointer enters
+ * a surface owned by the client. The position of the pointer at
+ * enter time is provided by the x and y arguments, in
+ * surface-local coordinates.
+ * @param serial serial number of the enter event
+ * @param surface client surface entered
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ * @param id source data_offer object
+ */
+ void (*enter)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ struct wl_surface *surface,
+ wl_fixed_t x,
+ wl_fixed_t y,
+ struct wl_data_offer *id);
+ /**
+ * end drag-and-drop session
+ *
+ * This event is sent when the drag-and-drop pointer leaves the
+ * surface and the session ends. The client must destroy the
+ * wl_data_offer introduced at enter time at this point.
+ */
+ void (*leave)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device);
+ /**
+ * drag-and-drop session motion
+ *
+ * This event is sent when the drag-and-drop pointer moves within
+ * the currently focused surface. The new position of the pointer
+ * is provided by the x and y arguments, in surface-local
+ * coordinates.
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+ void (*motion)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device,
+ uint32_t time,
+ wl_fixed_t x,
+ wl_fixed_t y);
+ /**
+ * end drag-and-drop session successfully
+ *
+ * The event is sent when a drag-and-drop operation is ended
+ * because the implicit grab is removed.
+ *
+ * The drag-and-drop destination is expected to honor the last
+ * action received through wl_data_offer.action, if the resulting
+ * action is "copy" or "move", the destination can still perform
+ * wl_data_offer.receive requests, and is expected to end all
+ * transfers with a wl_data_offer.finish request.
+ *
+ * If the resulting action is "ask", the action will not be
+ * considered final. The drag-and-drop destination is expected to
+ * perform one last wl_data_offer.set_actions request, or
+ * wl_data_offer.destroy in order to cancel the operation.
+ */
+ void (*drop)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device);
+ /**
+ * advertise new selection
+ *
+ * The selection event is sent out to notify the client of a new
+ * wl_data_offer for the selection for this device. The
+ * data_device.data_offer and the data_offer.offer events are sent
+ * out immediately before this event to introduce the data offer
+ * object. The selection event is sent to a client immediately
+ * before receiving keyboard focus and when a new selection is set
+ * while the client has keyboard focus. The data_offer is valid
+ * until a new data_offer or NULL is received or until the client
+ * loses keyboard focus. The client must destroy the previous
+ * selection data_offer, if any, upon receiving this event.
+ * @param id selection data_offer object
+ */
+ void (*selection)(void *data,
+ struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device,
+ struct wl_data_offer *id);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_data_device_add_listener(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device,
+ const struct wl_data_device_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_START_DRAG 0
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SET_SELECTION 1
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_RELEASE 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DATA_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DROP_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SELECTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_START_DRAG_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SET_SELECTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 2
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_set_user_data(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device */
+static inline void *
+wl_data_device_get_user_data(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_data_device_get_version(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_destroy(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ *
+ * This request asks the compositor to start a drag-and-drop
+ * operation on behalf of the client.
+ *
+ * The source argument is the data source that provides the data
+ * for the eventual data transfer. If source is NULL, enter, leave
+ * and motion events are sent only to the client that initiated the
+ * drag and the client is expected to handle the data passing
+ * internally.
+ *
+ * The origin surface is the surface where the drag originates and
+ * the client must have an active implicit grab that matches the
+ * serial.
+ *
+ * The icon surface is an optional (can be NULL) surface that
+ * provides an icon to be moved around with the cursor. Initially,
+ * the top-left corner of the icon surface is placed at the cursor
+ * hotspot, but subsequent wl_surface.attach request can move the
+ * relative position. Attach requests must be confirmed with
+ * wl_surface.commit as usual. The icon surface is given the role of
+ * a drag-and-drop icon. If the icon surface already has another role,
+ * it raises a protocol error.
+ *
+ * The current and pending input regions of the icon wl_surface are
+ * cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
+ * wl_surface is no longer used as the icon surface. When the use
+ * as an icon ends, the current and pending input regions become
+ * undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_start_drag(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device, struct wl_data_source *source, struct wl_surface *origin, struct wl_surface *icon, uint32_t serial)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device,
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_START_DRAG, source, origin, icon, serial);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ *
+ * This request asks the compositor to set the selection
+ * to the data from the source on behalf of the client.
+ *
+ * To unset the selection, set the source to NULL.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_set_selection(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device, struct wl_data_source *source, uint32_t serial)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device,
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_SET_SELECTION, source, serial);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ *
+ * This request destroys the data device.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_release(struct wl_data_device *wl_data_device)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device,
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_RELEASE);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
+ * drag and drop actions
+ *
+ * This is a bitmask of the available/preferred actions in a
+ * drag-and-drop operation.
+ *
+ * In the compositor, the selected action is a result of matching the
+ * actions offered by the source and destination sides. "action" events
+ * with a "none" action will be sent to both source and destination if
+ * there is no match. All further checks will effectively happen on
+ * (source actions ∩ destination actions).
+ *
+ * In addition, compositors may also pick different actions in
+ * reaction to key modifiers being pressed. One common design that
+ * is used in major toolkits (and the behavior recommended for
+ * compositors) is:
+ *
+ * - If no modifiers are pressed, the first match (in bit order)
+ * will be used.
+ * - Pressing Shift selects "move", if enabled in the mask.
+ * - Pressing Control selects "copy", if enabled in the mask.
+ *
+ * Behavior beyond that is considered implementation-dependent.
+ * Compositors may for example bind other modifiers (like Alt/Meta)
+ * or drags initiated with other buttons than BTN_LEFT to specific
+ * actions (e.g. "ask").
+ */
+enum wl_data_device_manager_dnd_action {
+ /**
+ * no action
+ */
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_NONE = 0,
+ /**
+ * copy action
+ */
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_COPY = 1,
+ /**
+ * move action
+ */
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_MOVE = 2,
+ /**
+ * ask action
+ */
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ASK = 4,
+};
+#endif /* WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM */
+
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_CREATE_DATA_SOURCE 0
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_GET_DATA_DEVICE 1
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_CREATE_DATA_SOURCE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_GET_DATA_DEVICE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_manager_set_user_data(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager */
+static inline void *
+wl_data_device_manager_get_user_data(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_data_device_manager_get_version(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_manager_destroy(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
+ *
+ * Create a new data source.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_data_source *
+wl_data_device_manager_create_data_source(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager,
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_CREATE_DATA_SOURCE, &wl_data_source_interface, NULL);
+
+ return (struct wl_data_source *) id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
+ *
+ * Create a new data device for a given seat.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_data_device *
+wl_data_device_manager_get_data_device(struct wl_data_device_manager *wl_data_device_manager, struct wl_seat *seat)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_data_device_manager,
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_GET_DATA_DEVICE, &wl_data_device_interface, NULL, seat);
+
+ return (struct wl_data_device *) id;
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_shell_error {
+ /**
+ * given wl_surface has another role
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+#define WL_SHELL_GET_SHELL_SURFACE 0
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_GET_SHELL_SURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_set_user_data(struct wl_shell *wl_shell, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell */
+static inline void *
+wl_shell_get_user_data(struct wl_shell *wl_shell)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_shell_get_version(struct wl_shell *wl_shell)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_destroy(struct wl_shell *wl_shell)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell
+ *
+ * Create a shell surface for an existing surface. This gives
+ * the wl_surface the role of a shell surface. If the wl_surface
+ * already has another role, it raises a protocol error.
+ *
+ * Only one shell surface can be associated with a given surface.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_shell_surface *
+wl_shell_get_shell_surface(struct wl_shell *wl_shell, struct wl_surface *surface)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell,
+ WL_SHELL_GET_SHELL_SURFACE, &wl_shell_surface_interface, NULL, surface);
+
+ return (struct wl_shell_surface *) id;
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * edge values for resizing
+ *
+ * These values are used to indicate which edge of a surface
+ * is being dragged in a resize operation. The server may
+ * use this information to adapt its behavior, e.g. choose
+ * an appropriate cursor image.
+ */
+enum wl_shell_surface_resize {
+ /**
+ * no edge
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_NONE = 0,
+ /**
+ * top edge
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP = 1,
+ /**
+ * bottom edge
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM = 2,
+ /**
+ * left edge
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_LEFT = 4,
+ /**
+ * top and left edges
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP_LEFT = 5,
+ /**
+ * bottom and left edges
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM_LEFT = 6,
+ /**
+ * right edge
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_RIGHT = 8,
+ /**
+ * top and right edges
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP_RIGHT = 9,
+ /**
+ * bottom and right edges
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM_RIGHT = 10,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * details of transient behaviour
+ *
+ * These flags specify details of the expected behaviour
+ * of transient surfaces. Used in the set_transient request.
+ */
+enum wl_shell_surface_transient {
+ /**
+ * do not set keyboard focus
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_INACTIVE = 0x1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * different method to set the surface fullscreen
+ *
+ * Hints to indicate to the compositor how to deal with a conflict
+ * between the dimensions of the surface and the dimensions of the
+ * output. The compositor is free to ignore this parameter.
+ */
+enum wl_shell_surface_fullscreen_method {
+ /**
+ * no preference, apply default policy
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_DEFAULT = 0,
+ /**
+ * scale, preserve the surface's aspect ratio and center on output
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_SCALE = 1,
+ /**
+ * switch output mode to the smallest mode that can fit the surface, add black borders to compensate size mismatch
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_DRIVER = 2,
+ /**
+ * no upscaling, center on output and add black borders to compensate size mismatch
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_FILL = 3,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * @struct wl_shell_surface_listener
+ */
+struct wl_shell_surface_listener {
+ /**
+ * ping client
+ *
+ * Ping a client to check if it is receiving events and sending
+ * requests. A client is expected to reply with a pong request.
+ * @param serial serial number of the ping
+ */
+ void (*ping)(void *data,
+ struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface,
+ uint32_t serial);
+ /**
+ * suggest resize
+ *
+ * The configure event asks the client to resize its surface.
+ *
+ * The size is a hint, in the sense that the client is free to
+ * ignore it if it doesn't resize, pick a smaller size (to satisfy
+ * aspect ratio or resize in steps of NxM pixels).
+ *
+ * The edges parameter provides a hint about how the surface was
+ * resized. The client may use this information to decide how to
+ * adjust its content to the new size (e.g. a scrolling area might
+ * adjust its content position to leave the viewable content
+ * unmoved).
+ *
+ * The client is free to dismiss all but the last configure event
+ * it received.
+ *
+ * The width and height arguments specify the size of the window in
+ * surface-local coordinates.
+ * @param edges how the surface was resized
+ * @param width new width of the surface
+ * @param height new height of the surface
+ */
+ void (*configure)(void *data,
+ struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface,
+ uint32_t edges,
+ int32_t width,
+ int32_t height);
+ /**
+ * popup interaction is done
+ *
+ * The popup_done event is sent out when a popup grab is broken,
+ * that is, when the user clicks a surface that doesn't belong to
+ * the client owning the popup surface.
+ */
+ void (*popup_done)(void *data,
+ struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_shell_surface_add_listener(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface,
+ const struct wl_shell_surface_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PONG 0
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_MOVE 1
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE 2
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TOPLEVEL 3
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TRANSIENT 4
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_FULLSCREEN 5
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_POPUP 6
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_MAXIMIZED 7
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TITLE 8
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_CLASS 9
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PING_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_CONFIGURE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_POPUP_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PONG_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_MOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TOPLEVEL_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TRANSIENT_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_FULLSCREEN_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_POPUP_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_MAXIMIZED_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TITLE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_CLASS_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_set_user_data(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface */
+static inline void *
+wl_shell_surface_get_user_data(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_shell_surface_get_version(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_destroy(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ *
+ * A client must respond to a ping event with a pong request or
+ * the client may be deemed unresponsive.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_pong(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, uint32_t serial)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PONG, serial);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ *
+ * Start a pointer-driven move of the surface.
+ *
+ * This request must be used in response to a button press event.
+ * The server may ignore move requests depending on the state of
+ * the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_move(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, struct wl_seat *seat, uint32_t serial)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_MOVE, seat, serial);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ *
+ * Start a pointer-driven resizing of the surface.
+ *
+ * This request must be used in response to a button press event.
+ * The server may ignore resize requests depending on the state of
+ * the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_resize(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, struct wl_seat *seat, uint32_t serial, uint32_t edges)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE, seat, serial, edges);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ *
+ * Map the surface as a toplevel surface.
+ *
+ * A toplevel surface is not fullscreen, maximized or transient.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_set_toplevel(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TOPLEVEL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ *
+ * Map the surface relative to an existing surface.
+ *
+ * The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
+ * corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
+ * parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
+ *
+ * The flags argument controls details of the transient behaviour.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_set_transient(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, struct wl_surface *parent, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint32_t flags)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TRANSIENT, parent, x, y, flags);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ *
+ * Map the surface as a fullscreen surface.
+ *
+ * If an output parameter is given then the surface will be made
+ * fullscreen on that output. If the client does not specify the
+ * output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
+ * choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
+ * area.
+ *
+ * The client may specify a method to resolve a size conflict
+ * between the output size and the surface size - this is provided
+ * through the method parameter.
+ *
+ * The framerate parameter is used only when the method is set
+ * to "driver", to indicate the preferred framerate. A value of 0
+ * indicates that the client does not care about framerate. The
+ * framerate is specified in mHz, that is framerate of 60000 is 60Hz.
+ *
+ * A method of "scale" or "driver" implies a scaling operation of
+ * the surface, either via a direct scaling operation or a change of
+ * the output mode. This will override any kind of output scaling, so
+ * that mapping a surface with a buffer size equal to the mode can
+ * fill the screen independent of buffer_scale.
+ *
+ * A method of "fill" means we don't scale up the buffer, however
+ * any output scale is applied. This means that you may run into
+ * an edge case where the application maps a buffer with the same
+ * size of the output mode but buffer_scale 1 (thus making a
+ * surface larger than the output). In this case it is allowed to
+ * downscale the results to fit the screen.
+ *
+ * The compositor must reply to this request with a configure event
+ * with the dimensions for the output on which the surface will
+ * be made fullscreen.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_set_fullscreen(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, uint32_t method, uint32_t framerate, struct wl_output *output)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_FULLSCREEN, method, framerate, output);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ *
+ * Map the surface as a popup.
+ *
+ * A popup surface is a transient surface with an added pointer
+ * grab.
+ *
+ * An existing implicit grab will be changed to owner-events mode,
+ * and the popup grab will continue after the implicit grab ends
+ * (i.e. releasing the mouse button does not cause the popup to
+ * be unmapped).
+ *
+ * The popup grab continues until the window is destroyed or a
+ * mouse button is pressed in any other client's window. A click
+ * in any of the client's surfaces is reported as normal, however,
+ * clicks in other clients' surfaces will be discarded and trigger
+ * the callback.
+ *
+ * The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
+ * corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
+ * parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_set_popup(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, struct wl_seat *seat, uint32_t serial, struct wl_surface *parent, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint32_t flags)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_POPUP, seat, serial, parent, x, y, flags);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ *
+ * Map the surface as a maximized surface.
+ *
+ * If an output parameter is given then the surface will be
+ * maximized on that output. If the client does not specify the
+ * output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
+ * choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
+ * area.
+ *
+ * The compositor will reply with a configure event telling
+ * the expected new surface size. The operation is completed
+ * on the next buffer attach to this surface.
+ *
+ * A maximized surface typically fills the entire output it is
+ * bound to, except for desktop elements such as panels. This is
+ * the main difference between a maximized shell surface and a
+ * fullscreen shell surface.
+ *
+ * The details depend on the compositor implementation.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_set_maximized(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, struct wl_output *output)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_MAXIMIZED, output);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ *
+ * Set a short title for the surface.
+ *
+ * This string may be used to identify the surface in a task bar,
+ * window list, or other user interface elements provided by the
+ * compositor.
+ *
+ * The string must be encoded in UTF-8.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_set_title(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, const char *title)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TITLE, title);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ *
+ * Set a class for the surface.
+ *
+ * The surface class identifies the general class of applications
+ * to which the surface belongs. A common convention is to use the
+ * file name (or the full path if it is a non-standard location) of
+ * the application's .desktop file as the class.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_set_class(struct wl_shell_surface *wl_shell_surface, const char *class_)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_shell_surface,
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_CLASS, class_);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ * wl_surface error values
+ *
+ * These errors can be emitted in response to wl_surface requests.
+ */
+enum wl_surface_error {
+ /**
+ * buffer scale value is invalid
+ */
+ WL_SURFACE_ERROR_INVALID_SCALE = 0,
+ /**
+ * buffer transform value is invalid
+ */
+ WL_SURFACE_ERROR_INVALID_TRANSFORM = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ * @struct wl_surface_listener
+ */
+struct wl_surface_listener {
+ /**
+ * surface enters an output
+ *
+ * This is emitted whenever a surface's creation, movement, or
+ * resizing results in some part of it being within the scanout
+ * region of an output.
+ *
+ * Note that a surface may be overlapping with zero or more
+ * outputs.
+ * @param output output entered by the surface
+ */
+ void (*enter)(void *data,
+ struct wl_surface *wl_surface,
+ struct wl_output *output);
+ /**
+ * surface leaves an output
+ *
+ * This is emitted whenever a surface's creation, movement, or
+ * resizing results in it no longer having any part of it within
+ * the scanout region of an output.
+ * @param output output left by the surface
+ */
+ void (*leave)(void *data,
+ struct wl_surface *wl_surface,
+ struct wl_output *output);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_surface_add_listener(struct wl_surface *wl_surface,
+ const struct wl_surface_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_SURFACE_DESTROY 0
+#define WL_SURFACE_ATTACH 1
+#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE 2
+#define WL_SURFACE_FRAME 3
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_OPAQUE_REGION 4
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_INPUT_REGION 5
+#define WL_SURFACE_COMMIT 6
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_TRANSFORM 7
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_SCALE 8
+#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_BUFFER 9
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_ATTACH_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_OPAQUE_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_INPUT_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_COMMIT_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_TRANSFORM_SINCE_VERSION 2
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_SCALE_SINCE_VERSION 3
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_BUFFER_SINCE_VERSION 4
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_surface */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_set_user_data(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_surface */
+static inline void *
+wl_surface_get_user_data(struct wl_surface *wl_surface)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_surface_get_version(struct wl_surface *wl_surface)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ *
+ * Deletes the surface and invalidates its object ID.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_destroy(struct wl_surface *wl_surface)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ WL_SURFACE_DESTROY);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ *
+ * Set a buffer as the content of this surface.
+ *
+ * The new size of the surface is calculated based on the buffer
+ * size transformed by the inverse buffer_transform and the
+ * inverse buffer_scale. This means that the supplied buffer
+ * must be an integer multiple of the buffer_scale.
+ *
+ * The x and y arguments specify the location of the new pending
+ * buffer's upper left corner, relative to the current buffer's upper
+ * left corner, in surface-local coordinates. In other words, the
+ * x and y, combined with the new surface size define in which
+ * directions the surface's size changes.
+ *
+ * Surface contents are double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * The initial surface contents are void; there is no content.
+ * wl_surface.attach assigns the given wl_buffer as the pending
+ * wl_buffer. wl_surface.commit makes the pending wl_buffer the new
+ * surface contents, and the size of the surface becomes the size
+ * calculated from the wl_buffer, as described above. After commit,
+ * there is no pending buffer until the next attach.
+ *
+ * Committing a pending wl_buffer allows the compositor to read the
+ * pixels in the wl_buffer. The compositor may access the pixels at
+ * any time after the wl_surface.commit request. When the compositor
+ * will not access the pixels anymore, it will send the
+ * wl_buffer.release event. Only after receiving wl_buffer.release,
+ * the client may reuse the wl_buffer. A wl_buffer that has been
+ * attached and then replaced by another attach instead of committed
+ * will not receive a release event, and is not used by the
+ * compositor.
+ *
+ * Destroying the wl_buffer after wl_buffer.release does not change
+ * the surface contents. However, if the client destroys the
+ * wl_buffer before receiving the wl_buffer.release event, the surface
+ * contents become undefined immediately.
+ *
+ * If wl_surface.attach is sent with a NULL wl_buffer, the
+ * following wl_surface.commit will remove the surface content.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_attach(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, struct wl_buffer *buffer, int32_t x, int32_t y)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ WL_SURFACE_ATTACH, buffer, x, y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ *
+ * This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
+ * buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
+ * the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
+ * ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the surface.
+ *
+ * Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * The damage rectangle is specified in surface-local coordinates,
+ * where x and y specify the upper left corner of the damage rectangle.
+ *
+ * The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
+ * wl_surface.damage adds pending damage: the new pending damage
+ * is the union of old pending damage and the given rectangle.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
+ * and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
+ * damage as it repaints the surface.
+ *
+ * Alternatively, damage can be posted with wl_surface.damage_buffer
+ * which uses buffer coordinates instead of surface coordinates,
+ * and is probably the preferred and intuitive way of doing this.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_damage(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE, x, y, width, height);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ *
+ * Request a notification when it is a good time to start drawing a new
+ * frame, by creating a frame callback. This is useful for throttling
+ * redrawing operations, and driving animations.
+ *
+ * When a client is animating on a wl_surface, it can use the 'frame'
+ * request to get notified when it is a good time to draw and commit the
+ * next frame of animation. If the client commits an update earlier than
+ * that, it is likely that some updates will not make it to the display,
+ * and the client is wasting resources by drawing too often.
+ *
+ * The frame request will take effect on the next wl_surface.commit.
+ * The notification will only be posted for one frame unless
+ * requested again. For a wl_surface, the notifications are posted in
+ * the order the frame requests were committed.
+ *
+ * The server must send the notifications so that a client
+ * will not send excessive updates, while still allowing
+ * the highest possible update rate for clients that wait for the reply
+ * before drawing again. The server should give some time for the client
+ * to draw and commit after sending the frame callback events to let it
+ * hit the next output refresh.
+ *
+ * A server should avoid signaling the frame callbacks if the
+ * surface is not visible in any way, e.g. the surface is off-screen,
+ * or completely obscured by other opaque surfaces.
+ *
+ * The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
+ * compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client must not
+ * attempt to use it after that point.
+ *
+ * The callback_data passed in the callback is the current time, in
+ * milliseconds, with an undefined base.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_callback *
+wl_surface_frame(struct wl_surface *wl_surface)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *callback;
+
+ callback = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ WL_SURFACE_FRAME, &wl_callback_interface, NULL);
+
+ return (struct wl_callback *) callback;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ *
+ * This request sets the region of the surface that contains
+ * opaque content.
+ *
+ * The opaque region is an optimization hint for the compositor
+ * that lets it optimize the redrawing of content behind opaque
+ * regions. Setting an opaque region is not required for correct
+ * behaviour, but marking transparent content as opaque will result
+ * in repaint artifacts.
+ *
+ * The opaque region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
+ *
+ * The compositor ignores the parts of the opaque region that fall
+ * outside of the surface.
+ *
+ * Opaque region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.set_opaque_region changes the pending opaque region.
+ * wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current region.
+ * Otherwise, the pending and current regions are never changed.
+ *
+ * The initial value for an opaque region is empty. Setting the pending
+ * opaque region has copy semantics, and the wl_region object can be
+ * destroyed immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the pending opaque
+ * region to be set to empty.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_set_opaque_region(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, struct wl_region *region)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ WL_SURFACE_SET_OPAQUE_REGION, region);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ *
+ * This request sets the region of the surface that can receive
+ * pointer and touch events.
+ *
+ * Input events happening outside of this region will try the next
+ * surface in the server surface stack. The compositor ignores the
+ * parts of the input region that fall outside of the surface.
+ *
+ * The input region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
+ *
+ * Input region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.set_input_region changes the pending input region.
+ * wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current region.
+ * Otherwise the pending and current regions are never changed,
+ * except cursor and icon surfaces are special cases, see
+ * wl_pointer.set_cursor and wl_data_device.start_drag.
+ *
+ * The initial value for an input region is infinite. That means the
+ * whole surface will accept input. Setting the pending input region
+ * has copy semantics, and the wl_region object can be destroyed
+ * immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the input region to be set
+ * to infinite.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_set_input_region(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, struct wl_region *region)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ WL_SURFACE_SET_INPUT_REGION, region);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ *
+ * Surface state (input, opaque, and damage regions, attached buffers,
+ * etc.) is double-buffered. Protocol requests modify the pending state,
+ * as opposed to the current state in use by the compositor. A commit
+ * request atomically applies all pending state, replacing the current
+ * state. After commit, the new pending state is as documented for each
+ * related request.
+ *
+ * On commit, a pending wl_buffer is applied first, and all other state
+ * second. This means that all coordinates in double-buffered state are
+ * relative to the new wl_buffer coming into use, except for
+ * wl_surface.attach itself. If there is no pending wl_buffer, the
+ * coordinates are relative to the current surface contents.
+ *
+ * All requests that need a commit to become effective are documented
+ * to affect double-buffered state.
+ *
+ * Other interfaces may add further double-buffered surface state.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_commit(struct wl_surface *wl_surface)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ WL_SURFACE_COMMIT);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ *
+ * This request sets an optional transformation on how the compositor
+ * interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the surface. The
+ * accepted values for the transform parameter are the values for
+ * wl_output.transform.
+ *
+ * Buffer transform is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * A newly created surface has its buffer transformation set to normal.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.set_buffer_transform changes the pending buffer
+ * transformation. wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer
+ * transformation to the current one. Otherwise, the pending and current
+ * values are never changed.
+ *
+ * The purpose of this request is to allow clients to render content
+ * according to the output transform, thus permitting the compositor to
+ * use certain optimizations even if the display is rotated. Using
+ * hardware overlays and scanning out a client buffer for fullscreen
+ * surfaces are examples of such optimizations. Those optimizations are
+ * highly dependent on the compositor implementation, so the use of this
+ * request should be considered on a case-by-case basis.
+ *
+ * Note that if the transform value includes 90 or 270 degree rotation,
+ * the width of the buffer will become the surface height and the height
+ * of the buffer will become the surface width.
+ *
+ * If transform is not one of the values from the
+ * wl_output.transform enum the invalid_transform protocol error
+ * is raised.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_set_buffer_transform(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, int32_t transform)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_TRANSFORM, transform);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ *
+ * This request sets an optional scaling factor on how the compositor
+ * interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the window.
+ *
+ * Buffer scale is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * A newly created surface has its buffer scale set to 1.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.set_buffer_scale changes the pending buffer scale.
+ * wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer scale to the current one.
+ * Otherwise, the pending and current values are never changed.
+ *
+ * The purpose of this request is to allow clients to supply higher
+ * resolution buffer data for use on high resolution outputs. It is
+ * intended that you pick the same buffer scale as the scale of the
+ * output that the surface is displayed on. This means the compositor
+ * can avoid scaling when rendering the surface on that output.
+ *
+ * Note that if the scale is larger than 1, then you have to attach
+ * a buffer that is larger (by a factor of scale in each dimension)
+ * than the desired surface size.
+ *
+ * If scale is not positive the invalid_scale protocol error is
+ * raised.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_set_buffer_scale(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, int32_t scale)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_SCALE, scale);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ *
+ * This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
+ * buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
+ * the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
+ * ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the surface.
+ *
+ * Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * The damage rectangle is specified in buffer coordinates,
+ * where x and y specify the upper left corner of the damage rectangle.
+ *
+ * The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
+ * wl_surface.damage_buffer adds pending damage: the new pending
+ * damage is the union of old pending damage and the given rectangle.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
+ * and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
+ * damage as it repaints the surface.
+ *
+ * This request differs from wl_surface.damage in only one way - it
+ * takes damage in buffer coordinates instead of surface-local
+ * coordinates. While this generally is more intuitive than surface
+ * coordinates, it is especially desirable when using wp_viewport
+ * or when a drawing library (like EGL) is unaware of buffer scale
+ * and buffer transform.
+ *
+ * Note: Because buffer transformation changes and damage requests may
+ * be interleaved in the protocol stream, it is impossible to determine
+ * the actual mapping between surface and buffer damage until
+ * wl_surface.commit time. Therefore, compositors wishing to take both
+ * kinds of damage into account will have to accumulate damage from the
+ * two requests separately and only transform from one to the other
+ * after receiving the wl_surface.commit.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_damage_buffer(struct wl_surface *wl_surface, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_surface,
+ WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_BUFFER, x, y, width, height);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM
+#define WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ * seat capability bitmask
+ *
+ * This is a bitmask of capabilities this seat has; if a member is
+ * set, then it is present on the seat.
+ */
+enum wl_seat_capability {
+ /**
+ * the seat has pointer devices
+ */
+ WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_POINTER = 1,
+ /**
+ * the seat has one or more keyboards
+ */
+ WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_KEYBOARD = 2,
+ /**
+ * the seat has touch devices
+ */
+ WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_TOUCH = 4,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ * @struct wl_seat_listener
+ */
+struct wl_seat_listener {
+ /**
+ * seat capabilities changed
+ *
+ * This is emitted whenever a seat gains or loses the pointer,
+ * keyboard or touch capabilities. The argument is a capability
+ * enum containing the complete set of capabilities this seat has.
+ *
+ * When the pointer capability is added, a client may create a
+ * wl_pointer object using the wl_seat.get_pointer request. This
+ * object will receive pointer events until the capability is
+ * removed in the future.
+ *
+ * When the pointer capability is removed, a client should destroy
+ * the wl_pointer objects associated with the seat where the
+ * capability was removed, using the wl_pointer.release request. No
+ * further pointer events will be received on these objects.
+ *
+ * In some compositors, if a seat regains the pointer capability
+ * and a client has a previously obtained wl_pointer object of
+ * version 4 or less, that object may start sending pointer events
+ * again. This behavior is considered a misinterpretation of the
+ * intended behavior and must not be relied upon by the client.
+ * wl_pointer objects of version 5 or later must not send events if
+ * created before the most recent event notifying the client of an
+ * added pointer capability.
+ *
+ * The above behavior also applies to wl_keyboard and wl_touch with
+ * the keyboard and touch capabilities, respectively.
+ * @param capabilities capabilities of the seat
+ */
+ void (*capabilities)(void *data,
+ struct wl_seat *wl_seat,
+ uint32_t capabilities);
+ /**
+ * unique identifier for this seat
+ *
+ * In a multiseat configuration this can be used by the client to
+ * help identify which physical devices the seat represents. Based
+ * on the seat configuration used by the compositor.
+ * @param name seat identifier
+ * @since 2
+ */
+ void (*name)(void *data,
+ struct wl_seat *wl_seat,
+ const char *name);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_seat_add_listener(struct wl_seat *wl_seat,
+ const struct wl_seat_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_SEAT_GET_POINTER 0
+#define WL_SEAT_GET_KEYBOARD 1
+#define WL_SEAT_GET_TOUCH 2
+#define WL_SEAT_RELEASE 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_CAPABILITIES_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_NAME_SINCE_VERSION 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_GET_POINTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_GET_KEYBOARD_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_GET_TOUCH_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 5
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_seat */
+static inline void
+wl_seat_set_user_data(struct wl_seat *wl_seat, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_seat */
+static inline void *
+wl_seat_get_user_data(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_seat_get_version(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_seat */
+static inline void
+wl_seat_destroy(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ *
+ * The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_pointer interface
+ * for this seat.
+ *
+ * This request only takes effect if the seat has the pointer
+ * capability, or has had the pointer capability in the past.
+ * It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
+ * never had the pointer capability.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_pointer *
+wl_seat_get_pointer(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat,
+ WL_SEAT_GET_POINTER, &wl_pointer_interface, NULL);
+
+ return (struct wl_pointer *) id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ *
+ * The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_keyboard interface
+ * for this seat.
+ *
+ * This request only takes effect if the seat has the keyboard
+ * capability, or has had the keyboard capability in the past.
+ * It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
+ * never had the keyboard capability.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_keyboard *
+wl_seat_get_keyboard(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat,
+ WL_SEAT_GET_KEYBOARD, &wl_keyboard_interface, NULL);
+
+ return (struct wl_keyboard *) id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ *
+ * The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_touch interface
+ * for this seat.
+ *
+ * This request only takes effect if the seat has the touch
+ * capability, or has had the touch capability in the past.
+ * It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
+ * never had the touch capability.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_touch *
+wl_seat_get_touch(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat,
+ WL_SEAT_GET_TOUCH, &wl_touch_interface, NULL);
+
+ return (struct wl_touch *) id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ *
+ * Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
+ * use the seat object anymore.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_seat_release(struct wl_seat *wl_seat)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat,
+ WL_SEAT_RELEASE);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_seat);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_pointer_error {
+ /**
+ * given wl_surface has another role
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
+};
+#endif /* WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM
+#define WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * physical button state
+ *
+ * Describes the physical state of a button that produced the button
+ * event.
+ */
+enum wl_pointer_button_state {
+ /**
+ * the button is not pressed
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_RELEASED = 0,
+ /**
+ * the button is pressed
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * axis types
+ *
+ * Describes the axis types of scroll events.
+ */
+enum wl_pointer_axis {
+ /**
+ * vertical axis
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_AXIS_VERTICAL_SCROLL = 0,
+ /**
+ * horizontal axis
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_AXIS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * axis source types
+ *
+ * Describes the source types for axis events. This indicates to the
+ * client how an axis event was physically generated; a client may
+ * adjust the user interface accordingly. For example, scroll events
+ * from a "finger" source may be in a smooth coordinate space with
+ * kinetic scrolling whereas a "wheel" source may be in discrete steps
+ * of a number of lines.
+ *
+ * The "continuous" axis source is a device generating events in a
+ * continuous coordinate space, but using something other than a
+ * finger. One example for this source is button-based scrolling where
+ * the vertical motion of a device is converted to scroll events while
+ * a button is held down.
+ */
+enum wl_pointer_axis_source {
+ /**
+ * a physical wheel
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL = 0,
+ /**
+ * finger on a touch surface
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_FINGER = 1,
+ /**
+ * continuous coordinate space
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_CONTINUOUS = 2,
+};
+#endif /* WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * @struct wl_pointer_listener
+ */
+struct wl_pointer_listener {
+ /**
+ * enter event
+ *
+ * Notification that this seat's pointer is focused on a certain
+ * surface.
+ *
+ * When a seat's focus enters a surface, the pointer image is
+ * undefined and a client should respond to this event by setting
+ * an appropriate pointer image with the set_cursor request.
+ * @param serial serial number of the enter event
+ * @param surface surface entered by the pointer
+ * @param surface_x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param surface_y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+ void (*enter)(void *data,
+ struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ struct wl_surface *surface,
+ wl_fixed_t surface_x,
+ wl_fixed_t surface_y);
+ /**
+ * leave event
+ *
+ * Notification that this seat's pointer is no longer focused on
+ * a certain surface.
+ *
+ * The leave notification is sent before the enter notification for
+ * the new focus.
+ * @param serial serial number of the leave event
+ * @param surface surface left by the pointer
+ */
+ void (*leave)(void *data,
+ struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ struct wl_surface *surface);
+ /**
+ * pointer motion event
+ *
+ * Notification of pointer location change. The arguments
+ * surface_x and surface_y are the location relative to the focused
+ * surface.
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param surface_x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param surface_y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+ void (*motion)(void *data,
+ struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
+ uint32_t time,
+ wl_fixed_t surface_x,
+ wl_fixed_t surface_y);
+ /**
+ * pointer button event
+ *
+ * Mouse button click and release notifications.
+ *
+ * The location of the click is given by the last motion or enter
+ * event. The time argument is a timestamp with millisecond
+ * granularity, with an undefined base.
+ * @param serial serial number of the button event
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param button button that produced the event
+ * @param state physical state of the button
+ */
+ void (*button)(void *data,
+ struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ uint32_t time,
+ uint32_t button,
+ uint32_t state);
+ /**
+ * axis event
+ *
+ * Scroll and other axis notifications.
+ *
+ * For scroll events (vertical and horizontal scroll axes), the
+ * value parameter is the length of a vector along the specified
+ * axis in a coordinate space identical to those of motion events,
+ * representing a relative movement along the specified axis.
+ *
+ * For devices that support movements non-parallel to axes multiple
+ * axis events will be emitted.
+ *
+ * When applicable, for example for touch pads, the server can
+ * choose to emit scroll events where the motion vector is
+ * equivalent to a motion event vector.
+ *
+ * When applicable, a client can transform its content relative to
+ * the scroll distance.
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param axis axis type
+ * @param value length of vector in surface-local coordinate space
+ */
+ void (*axis)(void *data,
+ struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
+ uint32_t time,
+ uint32_t axis,
+ wl_fixed_t value);
+ /**
+ * end of a pointer event sequence
+ *
+ * Indicates the end of a set of events that logically belong
+ * together. A client is expected to accumulate the data in all
+ * events within the frame before proceeding.
+ *
+ * All wl_pointer events before a wl_pointer.frame event belong
+ * logically together. For example, in a diagonal scroll motion the
+ * compositor will send an optional wl_pointer.axis_source event,
+ * two wl_pointer.axis events (horizontal and vertical) and finally
+ * a wl_pointer.frame event. The client may use this information to
+ * calculate a diagonal vector for scrolling.
+ *
+ * When multiple wl_pointer.axis events occur within the same
+ * frame, the motion vector is the combined motion of all events.
+ * When a wl_pointer.axis and a wl_pointer.axis_stop event occur
+ * within the same frame, this indicates that axis movement in one
+ * axis has stopped but continues in the other axis. When multiple
+ * wl_pointer.axis_stop events occur within the same frame, this
+ * indicates that these axes stopped in the same instance.
+ *
+ * A wl_pointer.frame event is sent for every logical event group,
+ * even if the group only contains a single wl_pointer event.
+ * Specifically, a client may get a sequence: motion, frame,
+ * button, frame, axis, frame, axis_stop, frame.
+ *
+ * The wl_pointer.enter and wl_pointer.leave events are logical
+ * events generated by the compositor and not the hardware. These
+ * events are also grouped by a wl_pointer.frame. When a pointer
+ * moves from one surface to another, a compositor should group the
+ * wl_pointer.leave event within the same wl_pointer.frame.
+ * However, a client must not rely on wl_pointer.leave and
+ * wl_pointer.enter being in the same wl_pointer.frame.
+ * Compositor-specific policies may require the wl_pointer.leave
+ * and wl_pointer.enter event being split across multiple
+ * wl_pointer.frame groups.
+ * @since 5
+ */
+ void (*frame)(void *data,
+ struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer);
+ /**
+ * axis source event
+ *
+ * Source information for scroll and other axes.
+ *
+ * This event does not occur on its own. It is sent before a
+ * wl_pointer.frame event and carries the source information for
+ * all events within that frame.
+ *
+ * The source specifies how this event was generated. If the source
+ * is wl_pointer.axis_source.finger, a wl_pointer.axis_stop event
+ * will be sent when the user lifts the finger off the device.
+ *
+ * If the source is wl_pointer axis_source.wheel or
+ * wl_pointer.axis_source.continuous, a wl_pointer.axis_stop event
+ * may or may not be sent. Whether a compositor sends an axis_stop
+ * event for these sources is hardware-specific and
+ * implementation-dependent; clients must not rely on receiving an
+ * axis_stop event for these scroll sources and should treat scroll
+ * sequences from these scroll sources as unterminated by default.
+ *
+ * This event is optional. If the source is unknown for a
+ * particular axis event sequence, no event is sent. Only one
+ * wl_pointer.axis_source event is permitted per frame.
+ *
+ * The order of wl_pointer.axis_discrete and wl_pointer.axis_source
+ * is not guaranteed.
+ * @param axis_source source of the axis event
+ * @since 5
+ */
+ void (*axis_source)(void *data,
+ struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
+ uint32_t axis_source);
+ /**
+ * axis stop event
+ *
+ * Stop notification for scroll and other axes.
+ *
+ * For some wl_pointer.axis_source types, a wl_pointer.axis_stop
+ * event is sent to notify a client that the axis sequence has
+ * terminated. This enables the client to implement kinetic
+ * scrolling. See the wl_pointer.axis_source documentation for
+ * information on when this event may be generated.
+ *
+ * Any wl_pointer.axis events with the same axis_source after this
+ * event should be considered as the start of a new axis motion.
+ *
+ * The timestamp is to be interpreted identical to the timestamp in
+ * the wl_pointer.axis event. The timestamp value may be the same
+ * as a preceding wl_pointer.axis event.
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param axis the axis stopped with this event
+ * @since 5
+ */
+ void (*axis_stop)(void *data,
+ struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
+ uint32_t time,
+ uint32_t axis);
+ /**
+ * axis click event
+ *
+ * Discrete step information for scroll and other axes.
+ *
+ * This event carries the axis value of the wl_pointer.axis event
+ * in discrete steps (e.g. mouse wheel clicks).
+ *
+ * This event does not occur on its own, it is coupled with a
+ * wl_pointer.axis event that represents this axis value on a
+ * continuous scale. The protocol guarantees that each
+ * axis_discrete event is always followed by exactly one axis event
+ * with the same axis number within the same wl_pointer.frame. Note
+ * that the protocol allows for other events to occur between the
+ * axis_discrete and its coupled axis event, including other
+ * axis_discrete or axis events.
+ *
+ * This event is optional; continuous scrolling devices like
+ * two-finger scrolling on touchpads do not have discrete steps and
+ * do not generate this event.
+ *
+ * The discrete value carries the directional information. e.g. a
+ * value of -2 is two steps towards the negative direction of this
+ * axis.
+ *
+ * The axis number is identical to the axis number in the
+ * associated axis event.
+ *
+ * The order of wl_pointer.axis_discrete and wl_pointer.axis_source
+ * is not guaranteed.
+ * @param axis axis type
+ * @param discrete number of steps
+ * @since 5
+ */
+ void (*axis_discrete)(void *data,
+ struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
+ uint32_t axis,
+ int32_t discrete);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_pointer_add_listener(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer,
+ const struct wl_pointer_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_POINTER_SET_CURSOR 0
+#define WL_POINTER_RELEASE 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_BUTTON_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 5
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_SINCE_VERSION 5
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_STOP_SINCE_VERSION 5
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_DISCRETE_SINCE_VERSION 5
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_SET_CURSOR_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_pointer */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_set_user_data(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_pointer */
+static inline void *
+wl_pointer_get_user_data(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_pointer_get_version(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_pointer */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_destroy(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ *
+ * Set the pointer surface, i.e., the surface that contains the
+ * pointer image (cursor). This request gives the surface the role
+ * of a cursor. If the surface already has another role, it raises
+ * a protocol error.
+ *
+ * The cursor actually changes only if the pointer
+ * focus for this device is one of the requesting client's surfaces
+ * or the surface parameter is the current pointer surface. If
+ * there was a previous surface set with this request it is
+ * replaced. If surface is NULL, the pointer image is hidden.
+ *
+ * The parameters hotspot_x and hotspot_y define the position of
+ * the pointer surface relative to the pointer location. Its
+ * top-left corner is always at (x, y) - (hotspot_x, hotspot_y),
+ * where (x, y) are the coordinates of the pointer location, in
+ * surface-local coordinates.
+ *
+ * On surface.attach requests to the pointer surface, hotspot_x
+ * and hotspot_y are decremented by the x and y parameters
+ * passed to the request. Attach must be confirmed by
+ * wl_surface.commit as usual.
+ *
+ * The hotspot can also be updated by passing the currently set
+ * pointer surface to this request with new values for hotspot_x
+ * and hotspot_y.
+ *
+ * The current and pending input regions of the wl_surface are
+ * cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
+ * wl_surface is no longer used as the cursor. When the use as a
+ * cursor ends, the current and pending input regions become
+ * undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_set_cursor(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer, uint32_t serial, struct wl_surface *surface, int32_t hotspot_x, int32_t hotspot_y)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer,
+ WL_POINTER_SET_CURSOR, serial, surface, hotspot_x, hotspot_y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ *
+ * Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
+ * use the pointer object anymore.
+ *
+ * This request destroys the pointer proxy object, so clients must not call
+ * wl_pointer_destroy() after using this request.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_release(struct wl_pointer *wl_pointer)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer,
+ WL_POINTER_RELEASE);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_pointer);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * keyboard mapping format
+ *
+ * This specifies the format of the keymap provided to the
+ * client with the wl_keyboard.keymap event.
+ */
+enum wl_keyboard_keymap_format {
+ /**
+ * no keymap; client must understand how to interpret the raw keycode
+ */
+ WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_NO_KEYMAP = 0,
+ /**
+ * libxkbcommon compatible; to determine the xkb keycode, clients must add 8 to the key event keycode
+ */
+ WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_XKB_V1 = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * physical key state
+ *
+ * Describes the physical state of a key that produced the key event.
+ */
+enum wl_keyboard_key_state {
+ /**
+ * key is not pressed
+ */
+ WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_RELEASED = 0,
+ /**
+ * key is pressed
+ */
+ WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_PRESSED = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * @struct wl_keyboard_listener
+ */
+struct wl_keyboard_listener {
+ /**
+ * keyboard mapping
+ *
+ * This event provides a file descriptor to the client which can
+ * be memory-mapped to provide a keyboard mapping description.
+ * @param format keymap format
+ * @param fd keymap file descriptor
+ * @param size keymap size, in bytes
+ */
+ void (*keymap)(void *data,
+ struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
+ uint32_t format,
+ int32_t fd,
+ uint32_t size);
+ /**
+ * enter event
+ *
+ * Notification that this seat's keyboard focus is on a certain
+ * surface.
+ * @param serial serial number of the enter event
+ * @param surface surface gaining keyboard focus
+ * @param keys the currently pressed keys
+ */
+ void (*enter)(void *data,
+ struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ struct wl_surface *surface,
+ struct wl_array *keys);
+ /**
+ * leave event
+ *
+ * Notification that this seat's keyboard focus is no longer on a
+ * certain surface.
+ *
+ * The leave notification is sent before the enter notification for
+ * the new focus.
+ * @param serial serial number of the leave event
+ * @param surface surface that lost keyboard focus
+ */
+ void (*leave)(void *data,
+ struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ struct wl_surface *surface);
+ /**
+ * key event
+ *
+ * A key was pressed or released. The time argument is a
+ * timestamp with millisecond granularity, with an undefined base.
+ * @param serial serial number of the key event
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param key key that produced the event
+ * @param state physical state of the key
+ */
+ void (*key)(void *data,
+ struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ uint32_t time,
+ uint32_t key,
+ uint32_t state);
+ /**
+ * modifier and group state
+ *
+ * Notifies clients that the modifier and/or group state has
+ * changed, and it should update its local state.
+ * @param serial serial number of the modifiers event
+ * @param mods_depressed depressed modifiers
+ * @param mods_latched latched modifiers
+ * @param mods_locked locked modifiers
+ * @param group keyboard layout
+ */
+ void (*modifiers)(void *data,
+ struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ uint32_t mods_depressed,
+ uint32_t mods_latched,
+ uint32_t mods_locked,
+ uint32_t group);
+ /**
+ * repeat rate and delay
+ *
+ * Informs the client about the keyboard's repeat rate and delay.
+ *
+ * This event is sent as soon as the wl_keyboard object has been
+ * created, and is guaranteed to be received by the client before
+ * any key press event.
+ *
+ * Negative values for either rate or delay are illegal. A rate of
+ * zero will disable any repeating (regardless of the value of
+ * delay).
+ *
+ * This event can be sent later on as well with a new value if
+ * necessary, so clients should continue listening for the event
+ * past the creation of wl_keyboard.
+ * @param rate the rate of repeating keys in characters per second
+ * @param delay delay in milliseconds since key down until repeating starts
+ * @since 4
+ */
+ void (*repeat_info)(void *data,
+ struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
+ int32_t rate,
+ int32_t delay);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_keyboard_add_listener(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard,
+ const struct wl_keyboard_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_RELEASE 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_MODIFIERS_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_REPEAT_INFO_SINCE_VERSION 4
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard */
+static inline void
+wl_keyboard_set_user_data(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard */
+static inline void *
+wl_keyboard_get_user_data(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_keyboard_get_version(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard */
+static inline void
+wl_keyboard_destroy(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_keyboard_release(struct wl_keyboard *wl_keyboard)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard,
+ WL_KEYBOARD_RELEASE);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_keyboard);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ * @struct wl_touch_listener
+ */
+struct wl_touch_listener {
+ /**
+ * touch down event and beginning of a touch sequence
+ *
+ * A new touch point has appeared on the surface. This touch
+ * point is assigned a unique ID. Future events from this touch
+ * point reference this ID. The ID ceases to be valid after a touch
+ * up event and may be reused in the future.
+ * @param serial serial number of the touch down event
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param surface surface touched
+ * @param id the unique ID of this touch point
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+ void (*down)(void *data,
+ struct wl_touch *wl_touch,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ uint32_t time,
+ struct wl_surface *surface,
+ int32_t id,
+ wl_fixed_t x,
+ wl_fixed_t y);
+ /**
+ * end of a touch event sequence
+ *
+ * The touch point has disappeared. No further events will be
+ * sent for this touch point and the touch point's ID is released
+ * and may be reused in a future touch down event.
+ * @param serial serial number of the touch up event
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param id the unique ID of this touch point
+ */
+ void (*up)(void *data,
+ struct wl_touch *wl_touch,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ uint32_t time,
+ int32_t id);
+ /**
+ * update of touch point coordinates
+ *
+ * A touch point has changed coordinates.
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param id the unique ID of this touch point
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+ void (*motion)(void *data,
+ struct wl_touch *wl_touch,
+ uint32_t time,
+ int32_t id,
+ wl_fixed_t x,
+ wl_fixed_t y);
+ /**
+ * end of touch frame event
+ *
+ * Indicates the end of a contact point list.
+ */
+ void (*frame)(void *data,
+ struct wl_touch *wl_touch);
+ /**
+ * touch session cancelled
+ *
+ * Sent if the compositor decides the touch stream is a global
+ * gesture. No further events are sent to the clients from that
+ * particular gesture. Touch cancellation applies to all touch
+ * points currently active on this client's surface. The client is
+ * responsible for finalizing the touch points, future touch points
+ * on this surface may reuse the touch point ID.
+ */
+ void (*cancel)(void *data,
+ struct wl_touch *wl_touch);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_touch_add_listener(struct wl_touch *wl_touch,
+ const struct wl_touch_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_TOUCH_RELEASE 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_DOWN_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_UP_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_CANCEL_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_touch */
+static inline void
+wl_touch_set_user_data(struct wl_touch *wl_touch, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_touch */
+static inline void *
+wl_touch_get_user_data(struct wl_touch *wl_touch)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_touch_get_version(struct wl_touch *wl_touch)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_touch */
+static inline void
+wl_touch_destroy(struct wl_touch *wl_touch)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_touch_release(struct wl_touch *wl_touch)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch,
+ WL_TOUCH_RELEASE);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_touch);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM
+#define WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * subpixel geometry information
+ *
+ * This enumeration describes how the physical
+ * pixels on an output are laid out.
+ */
+enum wl_output_subpixel {
+ /**
+ * unknown geometry
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_UNKNOWN = 0,
+ /**
+ * no geometry
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_NONE = 1,
+ /**
+ * horizontal RGB
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_HORIZONTAL_RGB = 2,
+ /**
+ * horizontal BGR
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_HORIZONTAL_BGR = 3,
+ /**
+ * vertical RGB
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_VERTICAL_RGB = 4,
+ /**
+ * vertical BGR
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_VERTICAL_BGR = 5,
+};
+#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM
+#define WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * transform from framebuffer to output
+ *
+ * This describes the transform that a compositor will apply to a
+ * surface to compensate for the rotation or mirroring of an
+ * output device.
+ *
+ * The flipped values correspond to an initial flip around a
+ * vertical axis followed by rotation.
+ *
+ * The purpose is mainly to allow clients to render accordingly and
+ * tell the compositor, so that for fullscreen surfaces, the
+ * compositor will still be able to scan out directly from client
+ * surfaces.
+ */
+enum wl_output_transform {
+ /**
+ * no transform
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_NORMAL = 0,
+ /**
+ * 90 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_90 = 1,
+ /**
+ * 180 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_180 = 2,
+ /**
+ * 270 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_270 = 3,
+ /**
+ * 180 degree flip around a vertical axis
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED = 4,
+ /**
+ * flip and rotate 90 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_90 = 5,
+ /**
+ * flip and rotate 180 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_180 = 6,
+ /**
+ * flip and rotate 270 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_270 = 7,
+};
+#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM
+#define WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * mode information
+ *
+ * These flags describe properties of an output mode.
+ * They are used in the flags bitfield of the mode event.
+ */
+enum wl_output_mode {
+ /**
+ * indicates this is the current mode
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_MODE_CURRENT = 0x1,
+ /**
+ * indicates this is the preferred mode
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_MODE_PREFERRED = 0x2,
+};
+#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * @struct wl_output_listener
+ */
+struct wl_output_listener {
+ /**
+ * properties of the output
+ *
+ * The geometry event describes geometric properties of the
+ * output. The event is sent when binding to the output object and
+ * whenever any of the properties change.
+ * @param x x position within the global compositor space
+ * @param y y position within the global compositor space
+ * @param physical_width width in millimeters of the output
+ * @param physical_height height in millimeters of the output
+ * @param subpixel subpixel orientation of the output
+ * @param make textual description of the manufacturer
+ * @param model textual description of the model
+ * @param transform transform that maps framebuffer to output
+ */
+ void (*geometry)(void *data,
+ struct wl_output *wl_output,
+ int32_t x,
+ int32_t y,
+ int32_t physical_width,
+ int32_t physical_height,
+ int32_t subpixel,
+ const char *make,
+ const char *model,
+ int32_t transform);
+ /**
+ * advertise available modes for the output
+ *
+ * The mode event describes an available mode for the output.
+ *
+ * The event is sent when binding to the output object and there
+ * will always be one mode, the current mode. The event is sent
+ * again if an output changes mode, for the mode that is now
+ * current. In other words, the current mode is always the last
+ * mode that was received with the current flag set.
+ *
+ * The size of a mode is given in physical hardware units of the
+ * output device. This is not necessarily the same as the output
+ * size in the global compositor space. For instance, the output
+ * may be scaled, as described in wl_output.scale, or transformed,
+ * as described in wl_output.transform.
+ * @param flags bitfield of mode flags
+ * @param width width of the mode in hardware units
+ * @param height height of the mode in hardware units
+ * @param refresh vertical refresh rate in mHz
+ */
+ void (*mode)(void *data,
+ struct wl_output *wl_output,
+ uint32_t flags,
+ int32_t width,
+ int32_t height,
+ int32_t refresh);
+ /**
+ * sent all information about output
+ *
+ * This event is sent after all other properties have been sent
+ * after binding to the output object and after any other property
+ * changes done after that. This allows changes to the output
+ * properties to be seen as atomic, even if they happen via
+ * multiple events.
+ * @since 2
+ */
+ void (*done)(void *data,
+ struct wl_output *wl_output);
+ /**
+ * output scaling properties
+ *
+ * This event contains scaling geometry information that is not
+ * in the geometry event. It may be sent after binding the output
+ * object or if the output scale changes later. If it is not sent,
+ * the client should assume a scale of 1.
+ *
+ * A scale larger than 1 means that the compositor will
+ * automatically scale surface buffers by this amount when
+ * rendering. This is used for very high resolution displays where
+ * applications rendering at the native resolution would be too
+ * small to be legible.
+ *
+ * It is intended that scaling aware clients track the current
+ * output of a surface, and if it is on a scaled output it should
+ * use wl_surface.set_buffer_scale with the scale of the output.
+ * That way the compositor can avoid scaling the surface, and the
+ * client can supply a higher detail image.
+ * @param factor scaling factor of output
+ * @since 2
+ */
+ void (*scale)(void *data,
+ struct wl_output *wl_output,
+ int32_t factor);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+static inline int
+wl_output_add_listener(struct wl_output *wl_output,
+ const struct wl_output_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define WL_OUTPUT_RELEASE 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+#define WL_OUTPUT_GEOMETRY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+#define WL_OUTPUT_MODE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+#define WL_OUTPUT_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 2
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+#define WL_OUTPUT_SCALE_SINCE_VERSION 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+#define WL_OUTPUT_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_output */
+static inline void
+wl_output_set_user_data(struct wl_output *wl_output, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_output */
+static inline void *
+wl_output_get_user_data(struct wl_output *wl_output)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_output_get_version(struct wl_output *wl_output)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_output */
+static inline void
+wl_output_destroy(struct wl_output *wl_output)
+{
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ *
+ * Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
+ * use the output object anymore.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_output_release(struct wl_output *wl_output)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output,
+ WL_OUTPUT_RELEASE);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_output);
+}
+
+#define WL_REGION_DESTROY 0
+#define WL_REGION_ADD 1
+#define WL_REGION_SUBTRACT 2
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_region
+ */
+#define WL_REGION_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_region
+ */
+#define WL_REGION_ADD_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_region
+ */
+#define WL_REGION_SUBTRACT_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_region */
+static inline void
+wl_region_set_user_data(struct wl_region *wl_region, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_region */
+static inline void *
+wl_region_get_user_data(struct wl_region *wl_region)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_region_get_version(struct wl_region *wl_region)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_region
+ *
+ * Destroy the region. This will invalidate the object ID.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_region_destroy(struct wl_region *wl_region)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region,
+ WL_REGION_DESTROY);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_region
+ *
+ * Add the specified rectangle to the region.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_region_add(struct wl_region *wl_region, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region,
+ WL_REGION_ADD, x, y, width, height);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_region
+ *
+ * Subtract the specified rectangle from the region.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_region_subtract(struct wl_region *wl_region, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_region,
+ WL_REGION_SUBTRACT, x, y, width, height);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_subcompositor_error {
+ /**
+ * the to-be sub-surface is invalid
+ */
+ WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_BAD_SURFACE = 0,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_DESTROY 0
+#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_GET_SUBSURFACE 1
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
+ */
+#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
+ */
+#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_GET_SUBSURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor */
+static inline void
+wl_subcompositor_set_user_data(struct wl_subcompositor *wl_subcompositor, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor */
+static inline void *
+wl_subcompositor_get_user_data(struct wl_subcompositor *wl_subcompositor)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_subcompositor_get_version(struct wl_subcompositor *wl_subcompositor)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
+ *
+ * Informs the server that the client will not be using this
+ * protocol object anymore. This does not affect any other
+ * objects, wl_subsurface objects included.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_subcompositor_destroy(struct wl_subcompositor *wl_subcompositor)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor,
+ WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_DESTROY);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
+ *
+ * Create a sub-surface interface for the given surface, and
+ * associate it with the given parent surface. This turns a
+ * plain wl_surface into a sub-surface.
+ *
+ * The to-be sub-surface must not already have another role, and it
+ * must not have an existing wl_subsurface object. Otherwise a protocol
+ * error is raised.
+ */
+static inline struct wl_subsurface *
+wl_subcompositor_get_subsurface(struct wl_subcompositor *wl_subcompositor, struct wl_surface *surface, struct wl_surface *parent)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *id;
+
+ id = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subcompositor,
+ WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_GET_SUBSURFACE, &wl_subsurface_interface, NULL, surface, parent);
+
+ return (struct wl_subsurface *) id;
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_subsurface_error {
+ /**
+ * wl_surface is not a sibling or the parent
+ */
+ WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_BAD_SURFACE = 0,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_DESTROY 0
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_POSITION 1
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_ABOVE 2
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_BELOW 3
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_SYNC 4
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_DESYNC 5
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_POSITION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_ABOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_BELOW_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_SYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_DESYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface */
+static inline void
+wl_subsurface_set_user_data(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface */
+static inline void *
+wl_subsurface_get_user_data(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+wl_subsurface_get_version(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ *
+ * The sub-surface interface is removed from the wl_surface object
+ * that was turned into a sub-surface with a
+ * wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface request. The wl_surface's association
+ * to the parent is deleted, and the wl_surface loses its role as
+ * a sub-surface. The wl_surface is unmapped.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_subsurface_destroy(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
+ WL_SUBSURFACE_DESTROY);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ *
+ * This schedules a sub-surface position change.
+ * The sub-surface will be moved so that its origin (top left
+ * corner pixel) will be at the location x, y of the parent surface
+ * coordinate system. The coordinates are not restricted to the parent
+ * surface area. Negative values are allowed.
+ *
+ * The scheduled coordinates will take effect whenever the state of the
+ * parent surface is applied. When this happens depends on whether the
+ * parent surface is in synchronized mode or not. See
+ * wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
+ *
+ * If more than one set_position request is invoked by the client before
+ * the commit of the parent surface, the position of a new request always
+ * replaces the scheduled position from any previous request.
+ *
+ * The initial position is 0, 0.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_subsurface_set_position(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface, int32_t x, int32_t y)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
+ WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_POSITION, x, y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ *
+ * This sub-surface is taken from the stack, and put back just
+ * above the reference surface, changing the z-order of the sub-surfaces.
+ * The reference surface must be one of the sibling surfaces, or the
+ * parent surface. Using any other surface, including this sub-surface,
+ * will cause a protocol error.
+ *
+ * The z-order is double-buffered. Requests are handled in order and
+ * applied immediately to a pending state. The final pending state is
+ * copied to the active state the next time the state of the parent
+ * surface is applied. When this happens depends on whether the parent
+ * surface is in synchronized mode or not. See wl_subsurface.set_sync and
+ * wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
+ *
+ * A new sub-surface is initially added as the top-most in the stack
+ * of its siblings and parent.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_subsurface_place_above(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface, struct wl_surface *sibling)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
+ WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_ABOVE, sibling);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ *
+ * The sub-surface is placed just below the reference surface.
+ * See wl_subsurface.place_above.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_subsurface_place_below(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface, struct wl_surface *sibling)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
+ WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_BELOW, sibling);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ *
+ * Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to synchronized
+ * mode, also described as the parent dependent mode.
+ *
+ * In synchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
+ * accumulate the committed state in a cache, but the state will
+ * not be applied and hence will not change the compositor output.
+ * The cached state is applied to the sub-surface immediately after
+ * the parent surface's state is applied. This ensures atomic
+ * updates of the parent and all its synchronized sub-surfaces.
+ * Applying the cached state will invalidate the cache, so further
+ * parent surface commits do not (re-)apply old state.
+ *
+ * See wl_subsurface for the recursive effect of this mode.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_subsurface_set_sync(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
+ WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_SYNC);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ *
+ * Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to desynchronized
+ * mode, also described as independent or freely running mode.
+ *
+ * In desynchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
+ * apply the pending state directly, without caching, as happens
+ * normally with a wl_surface. Calling wl_surface.commit on the
+ * parent surface has no effect on the sub-surface's wl_surface
+ * state. This mode allows a sub-surface to be updated on its own.
+ *
+ * If cached state exists when wl_surface.commit is called in
+ * desynchronized mode, the pending state is added to the cached
+ * state, and applied as a whole. This invalidates the cache.
+ *
+ * Note: even if a sub-surface is set to desynchronized, a parent
+ * sub-surface may override it to behave as synchronized. For details,
+ * see wl_subsurface.
+ *
+ * If a surface's parent surface behaves as desynchronized, then
+ * the cached state is applied on set_desync.
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_subsurface_set_desync(struct wl_subsurface *wl_subsurface)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) wl_subsurface,
+ WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_DESYNC);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* SCANNER TEST */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2008-2011 Kristian Høgsberg
+ * Copyright © 2010-2011 Intel Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2012-2013 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "wayland-util.h"
+
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_buffer_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_callback_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_offer_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_source_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_keyboard_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_output_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_pointer_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_region_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_registry_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_seat_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_shell_surface_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_shm_pool_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_subsurface_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_surface_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_touch_interface;
+
+static const struct wl_interface *types[] = {
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_callback_interface,
+ &wl_registry_interface,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ &wl_region_interface,
+ &wl_buffer_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_shm_pool_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_data_source_interface,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_data_source_interface,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_data_offer_interface,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_data_offer_interface,
+ &wl_data_offer_interface,
+ &wl_data_source_interface,
+ &wl_data_device_interface,
+ &wl_seat_interface,
+ &wl_shell_surface_interface,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ &wl_seat_interface,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_seat_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_output_interface,
+ &wl_seat_interface,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_output_interface,
+ &wl_buffer_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_callback_interface,
+ &wl_region_interface,
+ &wl_region_interface,
+ &wl_output_interface,
+ &wl_output_interface,
+ &wl_pointer_interface,
+ &wl_keyboard_interface,
+ &wl_touch_interface,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &wl_subsurface_interface,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+ &wl_surface_interface,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_display_requests[] = {
+ { "sync", "n", types + 8 },
+ { "get_registry", "n", types + 9 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_display_events[] = {
+ { "error", "ous", types + 0 },
+ { "delete_id", "u", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_display_interface = {
+ "wl_display", 1,
+ 2, wl_display_requests,
+ 2, wl_display_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_registry_requests[] = {
+ { "bind", "usun", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_registry_events[] = {
+ { "global", "usu", types + 0 },
+ { "global_remove", "u", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_registry_interface = {
+ "wl_registry", 1,
+ 1, wl_registry_requests,
+ 2, wl_registry_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_callback_events[] = {
+ { "done", "u", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_callback_interface = {
+ "wl_callback", 1,
+ 0, NULL,
+ 1, wl_callback_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_compositor_requests[] = {
+ { "create_surface", "n", types + 10 },
+ { "create_region", "n", types + 11 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_compositor_interface = {
+ "wl_compositor", 4,
+ 2, wl_compositor_requests,
+ 0, NULL,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_shm_pool_requests[] = {
+ { "create_buffer", "niiiiu", types + 12 },
+ { "destroy", "", types + 0 },
+ { "resize", "i", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_shm_pool_interface = {
+ "wl_shm_pool", 1,
+ 3, wl_shm_pool_requests,
+ 0, NULL,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_shm_requests[] = {
+ { "create_pool", "nhi", types + 18 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_shm_events[] = {
+ { "format", "u", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_shm_interface = {
+ "wl_shm", 1,
+ 1, wl_shm_requests,
+ 1, wl_shm_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_buffer_requests[] = {
+ { "destroy", "", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_buffer_events[] = {
+ { "release", "", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_buffer_interface = {
+ "wl_buffer", 1,
+ 1, wl_buffer_requests,
+ 1, wl_buffer_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_data_offer_requests[] = {
+ { "accept", "u?s", types + 0 },
+ { "receive", "sh", types + 0 },
+ { "destroy", "", types + 0 },
+ { "finish", "3", types + 0 },
+ { "set_actions", "3uu", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_data_offer_events[] = {
+ { "offer", "s", types + 0 },
+ { "source_actions", "3u", types + 0 },
+ { "action", "3u", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_data_offer_interface = {
+ "wl_data_offer", 3,
+ 5, wl_data_offer_requests,
+ 3, wl_data_offer_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_data_source_requests[] = {
+ { "offer", "s", types + 0 },
+ { "destroy", "", types + 0 },
+ { "set_actions", "3u", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_data_source_events[] = {
+ { "target", "?s", types + 0 },
+ { "send", "sh", types + 0 },
+ { "cancelled", "", types + 0 },
+ { "dnd_drop_performed", "3", types + 0 },
+ { "dnd_finished", "3", types + 0 },
+ { "action", "3u", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_data_source_interface = {
+ "wl_data_source", 3,
+ 3, wl_data_source_requests,
+ 6, wl_data_source_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_data_device_requests[] = {
+ { "start_drag", "?oo?ou", types + 21 },
+ { "set_selection", "?ou", types + 25 },
+ { "release", "2", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_data_device_events[] = {
+ { "data_offer", "n", types + 27 },
+ { "enter", "uoff?o", types + 28 },
+ { "leave", "", types + 0 },
+ { "motion", "uff", types + 0 },
+ { "drop", "", types + 0 },
+ { "selection", "?o", types + 33 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_interface = {
+ "wl_data_device", 3,
+ 3, wl_data_device_requests,
+ 6, wl_data_device_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_data_device_manager_requests[] = {
+ { "create_data_source", "n", types + 34 },
+ { "get_data_device", "no", types + 35 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_manager_interface = {
+ "wl_data_device_manager", 3,
+ 2, wl_data_device_manager_requests,
+ 0, NULL,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_shell_requests[] = {
+ { "get_shell_surface", "no", types + 37 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_shell_interface = {
+ "wl_shell", 1,
+ 1, wl_shell_requests,
+ 0, NULL,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_shell_surface_requests[] = {
+ { "pong", "u", types + 0 },
+ { "move", "ou", types + 39 },
+ { "resize", "ouu", types + 41 },
+ { "set_toplevel", "", types + 0 },
+ { "set_transient", "oiiu", types + 44 },
+ { "set_fullscreen", "uu?o", types + 48 },
+ { "set_popup", "ouoiiu", types + 51 },
+ { "set_maximized", "?o", types + 57 },
+ { "set_title", "s", types + 0 },
+ { "set_class", "s", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_shell_surface_events[] = {
+ { "ping", "u", types + 0 },
+ { "configure", "uii", types + 0 },
+ { "popup_done", "", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_shell_surface_interface = {
+ "wl_shell_surface", 1,
+ 10, wl_shell_surface_requests,
+ 3, wl_shell_surface_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_surface_requests[] = {
+ { "destroy", "", types + 0 },
+ { "attach", "?oii", types + 58 },
+ { "damage", "iiii", types + 0 },
+ { "frame", "n", types + 61 },
+ { "set_opaque_region", "?o", types + 62 },
+ { "set_input_region", "?o", types + 63 },
+ { "commit", "", types + 0 },
+ { "set_buffer_transform", "2i", types + 0 },
+ { "set_buffer_scale", "3i", types + 0 },
+ { "damage_buffer", "4iiii", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_surface_events[] = {
+ { "enter", "o", types + 64 },
+ { "leave", "o", types + 65 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_surface_interface = {
+ "wl_surface", 4,
+ 10, wl_surface_requests,
+ 2, wl_surface_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_seat_requests[] = {
+ { "get_pointer", "n", types + 66 },
+ { "get_keyboard", "n", types + 67 },
+ { "get_touch", "n", types + 68 },
+ { "release", "5", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_seat_events[] = {
+ { "capabilities", "u", types + 0 },
+ { "name", "2s", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_seat_interface = {
+ "wl_seat", 5,
+ 4, wl_seat_requests,
+ 2, wl_seat_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_pointer_requests[] = {
+ { "set_cursor", "u?oii", types + 69 },
+ { "release", "3", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_pointer_events[] = {
+ { "enter", "uoff", types + 73 },
+ { "leave", "uo", types + 77 },
+ { "motion", "uff", types + 0 },
+ { "button", "uuuu", types + 0 },
+ { "axis", "uuf", types + 0 },
+ { "frame", "5", types + 0 },
+ { "axis_source", "5u", types + 0 },
+ { "axis_stop", "5uu", types + 0 },
+ { "axis_discrete", "5ui", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_pointer_interface = {
+ "wl_pointer", 5,
+ 2, wl_pointer_requests,
+ 9, wl_pointer_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_keyboard_requests[] = {
+ { "release", "3", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_keyboard_events[] = {
+ { "keymap", "uhu", types + 0 },
+ { "enter", "uoa", types + 79 },
+ { "leave", "uo", types + 82 },
+ { "key", "uuuu", types + 0 },
+ { "modifiers", "uuuuu", types + 0 },
+ { "repeat_info", "4ii", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_keyboard_interface = {
+ "wl_keyboard", 5,
+ 1, wl_keyboard_requests,
+ 6, wl_keyboard_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_touch_requests[] = {
+ { "release", "3", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_touch_events[] = {
+ { "down", "uuoiff", types + 84 },
+ { "up", "uui", types + 0 },
+ { "motion", "uiff", types + 0 },
+ { "frame", "", types + 0 },
+ { "cancel", "", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_touch_interface = {
+ "wl_touch", 5,
+ 1, wl_touch_requests,
+ 5, wl_touch_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_output_requests[] = {
+ { "release", "3", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_output_events[] = {
+ { "geometry", "iiiiissi", types + 0 },
+ { "mode", "uiii", types + 0 },
+ { "done", "2", types + 0 },
+ { "scale", "2i", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_output_interface = {
+ "wl_output", 3,
+ 1, wl_output_requests,
+ 4, wl_output_events,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_region_requests[] = {
+ { "destroy", "", types + 0 },
+ { "add", "iiii", types + 0 },
+ { "subtract", "iiii", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_region_interface = {
+ "wl_region", 1,
+ 3, wl_region_requests,
+ 0, NULL,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_subcompositor_requests[] = {
+ { "destroy", "", types + 0 },
+ { "get_subsurface", "noo", types + 90 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_subcompositor_interface = {
+ "wl_subcompositor", 1,
+ 2, wl_subcompositor_requests,
+ 0, NULL,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message wl_subsurface_requests[] = {
+ { "destroy", "", types + 0 },
+ { "set_position", "ii", types + 0 },
+ { "place_above", "o", types + 93 },
+ { "place_below", "o", types + 94 },
+ { "set_sync", "", types + 0 },
+ { "set_desync", "", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface wl_subsurface_interface = {
+ "wl_subsurface", 1,
+ 6, wl_subsurface_requests,
+ 0, NULL,
+};
+
--- /dev/null
+/* SCANNER TEST */
+
+#ifndef WAYLAND_SERVER_PROTOCOL_H
+#define WAYLAND_SERVER_PROTOCOL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "wayland-server.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct wl_client;
+struct wl_resource;
+
+/**
+ * @page page_wayland The wayland protocol
+ * @section page_ifaces_wayland Interfaces
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_display - core global object
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_registry - global registry object
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_callback - callback object
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_compositor - the compositor singleton
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_shm_pool - a shared memory pool
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_shm - shared memory support
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_buffer - content for a wl_surface
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_offer - offer to transfer data
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_source - offer to transfer data
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_device - data transfer device
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_data_device_manager - data transfer interface
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_shell - create desktop-style surfaces
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_shell_surface - desktop-style metadata interface
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_surface - an onscreen surface
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_seat - group of input devices
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_pointer - pointer input device
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_keyboard - keyboard input device
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_touch - touchscreen input device
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_output - compositor output region
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_region - region interface
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_subcompositor - sub-surface compositing
+ * - @subpage page_iface_wl_subsurface - sub-surface interface to a wl_surface
+ * @section page_copyright_wayland Copyright
+ * <pre>
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2008-2011 Kristian Høgsberg
+ * Copyright © 2010-2011 Intel Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2012-2013 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ * </pre>
+ */
+struct wl_buffer;
+struct wl_callback;
+struct wl_compositor;
+struct wl_data_device;
+struct wl_data_device_manager;
+struct wl_data_offer;
+struct wl_data_source;
+struct wl_display;
+struct wl_keyboard;
+struct wl_output;
+struct wl_pointer;
+struct wl_region;
+struct wl_registry;
+struct wl_seat;
+struct wl_shell;
+struct wl_shell_surface;
+struct wl_shm;
+struct wl_shm_pool;
+struct wl_subcompositor;
+struct wl_subsurface;
+struct wl_surface;
+struct wl_touch;
+
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_display wl_display
+ * @section page_iface_wl_display_desc Description
+ *
+ * The core global object. This is a special singleton object. It
+ * is used for internal Wayland protocol features.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_display_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_display.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_display The wl_display interface
+ *
+ * The core global object. This is a special singleton object. It
+ * is used for internal Wayland protocol features.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_display_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_registry wl_registry
+ * @section page_iface_wl_registry_desc Description
+ *
+ * The global registry object. The server has a number of global
+ * objects that are available to all clients. These objects
+ * typically represent an actual object in the server (for example,
+ * an input device) or they are singleton objects that provide
+ * extension functionality.
+ *
+ * When a client creates a registry object, the registry object
+ * will emit a global event for each global currently in the
+ * registry. Globals come and go as a result of device or
+ * monitor hotplugs, reconfiguration or other events, and the
+ * registry will send out global and global_remove events to
+ * keep the client up to date with the changes. To mark the end
+ * of the initial burst of events, the client can use the
+ * wl_display.sync request immediately after calling
+ * wl_display.get_registry.
+ *
+ * A client can bind to a global object by using the bind
+ * request. This creates a client-side handle that lets the object
+ * emit events to the client and lets the client invoke requests on
+ * the object.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_registry_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_registry.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_registry The wl_registry interface
+ *
+ * The global registry object. The server has a number of global
+ * objects that are available to all clients. These objects
+ * typically represent an actual object in the server (for example,
+ * an input device) or they are singleton objects that provide
+ * extension functionality.
+ *
+ * When a client creates a registry object, the registry object
+ * will emit a global event for each global currently in the
+ * registry. Globals come and go as a result of device or
+ * monitor hotplugs, reconfiguration or other events, and the
+ * registry will send out global and global_remove events to
+ * keep the client up to date with the changes. To mark the end
+ * of the initial burst of events, the client can use the
+ * wl_display.sync request immediately after calling
+ * wl_display.get_registry.
+ *
+ * A client can bind to a global object by using the bind
+ * request. This creates a client-side handle that lets the object
+ * emit events to the client and lets the client invoke requests on
+ * the object.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_registry_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_callback wl_callback
+ * @section page_iface_wl_callback_desc Description
+ *
+ * Clients can handle the 'done' event to get notified when
+ * the related request is done.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_callback_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_callback.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_callback The wl_callback interface
+ *
+ * Clients can handle the 'done' event to get notified when
+ * the related request is done.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_callback_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_compositor wl_compositor
+ * @section page_iface_wl_compositor_desc Description
+ *
+ * A compositor. This object is a singleton global. The
+ * compositor is in charge of combining the contents of multiple
+ * surfaces into one displayable output.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_compositor_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_compositor.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_compositor The wl_compositor interface
+ *
+ * A compositor. This object is a singleton global. The
+ * compositor is in charge of combining the contents of multiple
+ * surfaces into one displayable output.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_compositor_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_shm_pool wl_shm_pool
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shm_pool_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_shm_pool object encapsulates a piece of memory shared
+ * between the compositor and client. Through the wl_shm_pool
+ * object, the client can allocate shared memory wl_buffer objects.
+ * All objects created through the same pool share the same
+ * underlying mapped memory. Reusing the mapped memory avoids the
+ * setup/teardown overhead and is useful when interactively resizing
+ * a surface or for many small buffers.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shm_pool_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_shm_pool.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_shm_pool The wl_shm_pool interface
+ *
+ * The wl_shm_pool object encapsulates a piece of memory shared
+ * between the compositor and client. Through the wl_shm_pool
+ * object, the client can allocate shared memory wl_buffer objects.
+ * All objects created through the same pool share the same
+ * underlying mapped memory. Reusing the mapped memory avoids the
+ * setup/teardown overhead and is useful when interactively resizing
+ * a surface or for many small buffers.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_shm_pool_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_shm wl_shm
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shm_desc Description
+ *
+ * A global singleton object that provides support for shared
+ * memory.
+ *
+ * Clients can create wl_shm_pool objects using the create_pool
+ * request.
+ *
+ * At connection setup time, the wl_shm object emits one or more
+ * format events to inform clients about the valid pixel formats
+ * that can be used for buffers.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shm_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_shm.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_shm The wl_shm interface
+ *
+ * A global singleton object that provides support for shared
+ * memory.
+ *
+ * Clients can create wl_shm_pool objects using the create_pool
+ * request.
+ *
+ * At connection setup time, the wl_shm object emits one or more
+ * format events to inform clients about the valid pixel formats
+ * that can be used for buffers.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_shm_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_buffer wl_buffer
+ * @section page_iface_wl_buffer_desc Description
+ *
+ * A buffer provides the content for a wl_surface. Buffers are
+ * created through factory interfaces such as wl_drm, wl_shm or
+ * similar. It has a width and a height and can be attached to a
+ * wl_surface, but the mechanism by which a client provides and
+ * updates the contents is defined by the buffer factory interface.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_buffer_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_buffer.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_buffer The wl_buffer interface
+ *
+ * A buffer provides the content for a wl_surface. Buffers are
+ * created through factory interfaces such as wl_drm, wl_shm or
+ * similar. It has a width and a height and can be attached to a
+ * wl_surface, but the mechanism by which a client provides and
+ * updates the contents is defined by the buffer factory interface.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_buffer_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_data_offer wl_data_offer
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_offer_desc Description
+ *
+ * A wl_data_offer represents a piece of data offered for transfer
+ * by another client (the source client). It is used by the
+ * copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop mechanisms. The offer
+ * describes the different mime types that the data can be
+ * converted to and provides the mechanism for transferring the
+ * data directly from the source client.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_offer_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_data_offer.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_data_offer The wl_data_offer interface
+ *
+ * A wl_data_offer represents a piece of data offered for transfer
+ * by another client (the source client). It is used by the
+ * copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop mechanisms. The offer
+ * describes the different mime types that the data can be
+ * converted to and provides the mechanism for transferring the
+ * data directly from the source client.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_offer_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_data_source wl_data_source
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_source_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_data_source object is the source side of a wl_data_offer.
+ * It is created by the source client in a data transfer and
+ * provides a way to describe the offered data and a way to respond
+ * to requests to transfer the data.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_source_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_data_source.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_data_source The wl_data_source interface
+ *
+ * The wl_data_source object is the source side of a wl_data_offer.
+ * It is created by the source client in a data transfer and
+ * provides a way to describe the offered data and a way to respond
+ * to requests to transfer the data.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_source_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_data_device wl_data_device
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_device_desc Description
+ *
+ * There is one wl_data_device per seat which can be obtained
+ * from the global wl_data_device_manager singleton.
+ *
+ * A wl_data_device provides access to inter-client data transfer
+ * mechanisms such as copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_device_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_data_device.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_data_device The wl_data_device interface
+ *
+ * There is one wl_data_device per seat which can be obtained
+ * from the global wl_data_device_manager singleton.
+ *
+ * A wl_data_device provides access to inter-client data transfer
+ * mechanisms such as copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_data_device_manager wl_data_device_manager
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_device_manager_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_data_device_manager is a singleton global object that
+ * provides access to inter-client data transfer mechanisms such as
+ * copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop. These mechanisms are tied to
+ * a wl_seat and this interface lets a client get a wl_data_device
+ * corresponding to a wl_seat.
+ *
+ * Depending on the version bound, the objects created from the bound
+ * wl_data_device_manager object will have different requirements for
+ * functioning properly. See wl_data_source.set_actions,
+ * wl_data_offer.accept and wl_data_offer.finish for details.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_data_device_manager_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_data_device_manager.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_data_device_manager The wl_data_device_manager interface
+ *
+ * The wl_data_device_manager is a singleton global object that
+ * provides access to inter-client data transfer mechanisms such as
+ * copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop. These mechanisms are tied to
+ * a wl_seat and this interface lets a client get a wl_data_device
+ * corresponding to a wl_seat.
+ *
+ * Depending on the version bound, the objects created from the bound
+ * wl_data_device_manager object will have different requirements for
+ * functioning properly. See wl_data_source.set_actions,
+ * wl_data_offer.accept and wl_data_offer.finish for details.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_data_device_manager_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_shell wl_shell
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shell_desc Description
+ *
+ * This interface is implemented by servers that provide
+ * desktop-style user interfaces.
+ *
+ * It allows clients to associate a wl_shell_surface with
+ * a basic surface.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shell_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_shell.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_shell The wl_shell interface
+ *
+ * This interface is implemented by servers that provide
+ * desktop-style user interfaces.
+ *
+ * It allows clients to associate a wl_shell_surface with
+ * a basic surface.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_shell_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_shell_surface wl_shell_surface
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shell_surface_desc Description
+ *
+ * An interface that may be implemented by a wl_surface, for
+ * implementations that provide a desktop-style user interface.
+ *
+ * It provides requests to treat surfaces like toplevel, fullscreen
+ * or popup windows, move, resize or maximize them, associate
+ * metadata like title and class, etc.
+ *
+ * On the server side the object is automatically destroyed when
+ * the related wl_surface is destroyed. On the client side,
+ * wl_shell_surface_destroy() must be called before destroying
+ * the wl_surface object.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_shell_surface_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_shell_surface.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_shell_surface The wl_shell_surface interface
+ *
+ * An interface that may be implemented by a wl_surface, for
+ * implementations that provide a desktop-style user interface.
+ *
+ * It provides requests to treat surfaces like toplevel, fullscreen
+ * or popup windows, move, resize or maximize them, associate
+ * metadata like title and class, etc.
+ *
+ * On the server side the object is automatically destroyed when
+ * the related wl_surface is destroyed. On the client side,
+ * wl_shell_surface_destroy() must be called before destroying
+ * the wl_surface object.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_shell_surface_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_surface wl_surface
+ * @section page_iface_wl_surface_desc Description
+ *
+ * A surface is a rectangular area that is displayed on the screen.
+ * It has a location, size and pixel contents.
+ *
+ * The size of a surface (and relative positions on it) is described
+ * in surface-local coordinates, which may differ from the buffer
+ * coordinates of the pixel content, in case a buffer_transform
+ * or a buffer_scale is used.
+ *
+ * A surface without a "role" is fairly useless: a compositor does
+ * not know where, when or how to present it. The role is the
+ * purpose of a wl_surface. Examples of roles are a cursor for a
+ * pointer (as set by wl_pointer.set_cursor), a drag icon
+ * (wl_data_device.start_drag), a sub-surface
+ * (wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface), and a window as defined by a
+ * shell protocol (e.g. wl_shell.get_shell_surface).
+ *
+ * A surface can have only one role at a time. Initially a
+ * wl_surface does not have a role. Once a wl_surface is given a
+ * role, it is set permanently for the whole lifetime of the
+ * wl_surface object. Giving the current role again is allowed,
+ * unless explicitly forbidden by the relevant interface
+ * specification.
+ *
+ * Surface roles are given by requests in other interfaces such as
+ * wl_pointer.set_cursor. The request should explicitly mention
+ * that this request gives a role to a wl_surface. Often, this
+ * request also creates a new protocol object that represents the
+ * role and adds additional functionality to wl_surface. When a
+ * client wants to destroy a wl_surface, they must destroy this 'role
+ * object' before the wl_surface.
+ *
+ * Destroying the role object does not remove the role from the
+ * wl_surface, but it may stop the wl_surface from "playing the role".
+ * For instance, if a wl_subsurface object is destroyed, the wl_surface
+ * it was created for will be unmapped and forget its position and
+ * z-order. It is allowed to create a wl_subsurface for the same
+ * wl_surface again, but it is not allowed to use the wl_surface as
+ * a cursor (cursor is a different role than sub-surface, and role
+ * switching is not allowed).
+ * @section page_iface_wl_surface_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_surface.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_surface The wl_surface interface
+ *
+ * A surface is a rectangular area that is displayed on the screen.
+ * It has a location, size and pixel contents.
+ *
+ * The size of a surface (and relative positions on it) is described
+ * in surface-local coordinates, which may differ from the buffer
+ * coordinates of the pixel content, in case a buffer_transform
+ * or a buffer_scale is used.
+ *
+ * A surface without a "role" is fairly useless: a compositor does
+ * not know where, when or how to present it. The role is the
+ * purpose of a wl_surface. Examples of roles are a cursor for a
+ * pointer (as set by wl_pointer.set_cursor), a drag icon
+ * (wl_data_device.start_drag), a sub-surface
+ * (wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface), and a window as defined by a
+ * shell protocol (e.g. wl_shell.get_shell_surface).
+ *
+ * A surface can have only one role at a time. Initially a
+ * wl_surface does not have a role. Once a wl_surface is given a
+ * role, it is set permanently for the whole lifetime of the
+ * wl_surface object. Giving the current role again is allowed,
+ * unless explicitly forbidden by the relevant interface
+ * specification.
+ *
+ * Surface roles are given by requests in other interfaces such as
+ * wl_pointer.set_cursor. The request should explicitly mention
+ * that this request gives a role to a wl_surface. Often, this
+ * request also creates a new protocol object that represents the
+ * role and adds additional functionality to wl_surface. When a
+ * client wants to destroy a wl_surface, they must destroy this 'role
+ * object' before the wl_surface.
+ *
+ * Destroying the role object does not remove the role from the
+ * wl_surface, but it may stop the wl_surface from "playing the role".
+ * For instance, if a wl_subsurface object is destroyed, the wl_surface
+ * it was created for will be unmapped and forget its position and
+ * z-order. It is allowed to create a wl_subsurface for the same
+ * wl_surface again, but it is not allowed to use the wl_surface as
+ * a cursor (cursor is a different role than sub-surface, and role
+ * switching is not allowed).
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_surface_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_seat wl_seat
+ * @section page_iface_wl_seat_desc Description
+ *
+ * A seat is a group of keyboards, pointer and touch devices. This
+ * object is published as a global during start up, or when such a
+ * device is hot plugged. A seat typically has a pointer and
+ * maintains a keyboard focus and a pointer focus.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_seat_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_seat.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_seat The wl_seat interface
+ *
+ * A seat is a group of keyboards, pointer and touch devices. This
+ * object is published as a global during start up, or when such a
+ * device is hot plugged. A seat typically has a pointer and
+ * maintains a keyboard focus and a pointer focus.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_seat_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_pointer wl_pointer
+ * @section page_iface_wl_pointer_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_pointer interface represents one or more input devices,
+ * such as mice, which control the pointer location and pointer_focus
+ * of a seat.
+ *
+ * The wl_pointer interface generates motion, enter and leave
+ * events for the surfaces that the pointer is located over,
+ * and button and axis events for button presses, button releases
+ * and scrolling.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_pointer_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_pointer.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_pointer The wl_pointer interface
+ *
+ * The wl_pointer interface represents one or more input devices,
+ * such as mice, which control the pointer location and pointer_focus
+ * of a seat.
+ *
+ * The wl_pointer interface generates motion, enter and leave
+ * events for the surfaces that the pointer is located over,
+ * and button and axis events for button presses, button releases
+ * and scrolling.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_pointer_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_keyboard wl_keyboard
+ * @section page_iface_wl_keyboard_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_keyboard interface represents one or more keyboards
+ * associated with a seat.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_keyboard_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_keyboard.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_keyboard The wl_keyboard interface
+ *
+ * The wl_keyboard interface represents one or more keyboards
+ * associated with a seat.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_keyboard_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_touch wl_touch
+ * @section page_iface_wl_touch_desc Description
+ *
+ * The wl_touch interface represents a touchscreen
+ * associated with a seat.
+ *
+ * Touch interactions can consist of one or more contacts.
+ * For each contact, a series of events is generated, starting
+ * with a down event, followed by zero or more motion events,
+ * and ending with an up event. Events relating to the same
+ * contact point can be identified by the ID of the sequence.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_touch_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_touch.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_touch The wl_touch interface
+ *
+ * The wl_touch interface represents a touchscreen
+ * associated with a seat.
+ *
+ * Touch interactions can consist of one or more contacts.
+ * For each contact, a series of events is generated, starting
+ * with a down event, followed by zero or more motion events,
+ * and ending with an up event. Events relating to the same
+ * contact point can be identified by the ID of the sequence.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_touch_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_output wl_output
+ * @section page_iface_wl_output_desc Description
+ *
+ * An output describes part of the compositor geometry. The
+ * compositor works in the 'compositor coordinate system' and an
+ * output corresponds to a rectangular area in that space that is
+ * actually visible. This typically corresponds to a monitor that
+ * displays part of the compositor space. This object is published
+ * as global during start up, or when a monitor is hotplugged.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_output_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_output.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_output The wl_output interface
+ *
+ * An output describes part of the compositor geometry. The
+ * compositor works in the 'compositor coordinate system' and an
+ * output corresponds to a rectangular area in that space that is
+ * actually visible. This typically corresponds to a monitor that
+ * displays part of the compositor space. This object is published
+ * as global during start up, or when a monitor is hotplugged.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_output_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_region wl_region
+ * @section page_iface_wl_region_desc Description
+ *
+ * A region object describes an area.
+ *
+ * Region objects are used to describe the opaque and input
+ * regions of a surface.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_region_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_region.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_region The wl_region interface
+ *
+ * A region object describes an area.
+ *
+ * Region objects are used to describe the opaque and input
+ * regions of a surface.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_region_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_subcompositor wl_subcompositor
+ * @section page_iface_wl_subcompositor_desc Description
+ *
+ * The global interface exposing sub-surface compositing capabilities.
+ * A wl_surface, that has sub-surfaces associated, is called the
+ * parent surface. Sub-surfaces can be arbitrarily nested and create
+ * a tree of sub-surfaces.
+ *
+ * The root surface in a tree of sub-surfaces is the main
+ * surface. The main surface cannot be a sub-surface, because
+ * sub-surfaces must always have a parent.
+ *
+ * A main surface with its sub-surfaces forms a (compound) window.
+ * For window management purposes, this set of wl_surface objects is
+ * to be considered as a single window, and it should also behave as
+ * such.
+ *
+ * The aim of sub-surfaces is to offload some of the compositing work
+ * within a window from clients to the compositor. A prime example is
+ * a video player with decorations and video in separate wl_surface
+ * objects. This should allow the compositor to pass YUV video buffer
+ * processing to dedicated overlay hardware when possible.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_subcompositor_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_subcompositor.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_subcompositor The wl_subcompositor interface
+ *
+ * The global interface exposing sub-surface compositing capabilities.
+ * A wl_surface, that has sub-surfaces associated, is called the
+ * parent surface. Sub-surfaces can be arbitrarily nested and create
+ * a tree of sub-surfaces.
+ *
+ * The root surface in a tree of sub-surfaces is the main
+ * surface. The main surface cannot be a sub-surface, because
+ * sub-surfaces must always have a parent.
+ *
+ * A main surface with its sub-surfaces forms a (compound) window.
+ * For window management purposes, this set of wl_surface objects is
+ * to be considered as a single window, and it should also behave as
+ * such.
+ *
+ * The aim of sub-surfaces is to offload some of the compositing work
+ * within a window from clients to the compositor. A prime example is
+ * a video player with decorations and video in separate wl_surface
+ * objects. This should allow the compositor to pass YUV video buffer
+ * processing to dedicated overlay hardware when possible.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_subcompositor_interface;
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_wl_subsurface wl_subsurface
+ * @section page_iface_wl_subsurface_desc Description
+ *
+ * An additional interface to a wl_surface object, which has been
+ * made a sub-surface. A sub-surface has one parent surface. A
+ * sub-surface's size and position are not limited to that of the parent.
+ * Particularly, a sub-surface is not automatically clipped to its
+ * parent's area.
+ *
+ * A sub-surface becomes mapped, when a non-NULL wl_buffer is applied
+ * and the parent surface is mapped. The order of which one happens
+ * first is irrelevant. A sub-surface is hidden if the parent becomes
+ * hidden, or if a NULL wl_buffer is applied. These rules apply
+ * recursively through the tree of surfaces.
+ *
+ * The behaviour of a wl_surface.commit request on a sub-surface
+ * depends on the sub-surface's mode. The possible modes are
+ * synchronized and desynchronized, see methods
+ * wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync. Synchronized
+ * mode caches the wl_surface state to be applied when the parent's
+ * state gets applied, and desynchronized mode applies the pending
+ * wl_surface state directly. A sub-surface is initially in the
+ * synchronized mode.
+ *
+ * Sub-surfaces have also other kind of state, which is managed by
+ * wl_subsurface requests, as opposed to wl_surface requests. This
+ * state includes the sub-surface position relative to the parent
+ * surface (wl_subsurface.set_position), and the stacking order of
+ * the parent and its sub-surfaces (wl_subsurface.place_above and
+ * .place_below). This state is applied when the parent surface's
+ * wl_surface state is applied, regardless of the sub-surface's mode.
+ * As the exception, set_sync and set_desync are effective immediately.
+ *
+ * The main surface can be thought to be always in desynchronized mode,
+ * since it does not have a parent in the sub-surfaces sense.
+ *
+ * Even if a sub-surface is in desynchronized mode, it will behave as
+ * in synchronized mode, if its parent surface behaves as in
+ * synchronized mode. This rule is applied recursively throughout the
+ * tree of surfaces. This means, that one can set a sub-surface into
+ * synchronized mode, and then assume that all its child and grand-child
+ * sub-surfaces are synchronized, too, without explicitly setting them.
+ *
+ * If the wl_surface associated with the wl_subsurface is destroyed, the
+ * wl_subsurface object becomes inert. Note, that destroying either object
+ * takes effect immediately. If you need to synchronize the removal
+ * of a sub-surface to the parent surface update, unmap the sub-surface
+ * first by attaching a NULL wl_buffer, update parent, and then destroy
+ * the sub-surface.
+ *
+ * If the parent wl_surface object is destroyed, the sub-surface is
+ * unmapped.
+ * @section page_iface_wl_subsurface_api API
+ * See @ref iface_wl_subsurface.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_wl_subsurface The wl_subsurface interface
+ *
+ * An additional interface to a wl_surface object, which has been
+ * made a sub-surface. A sub-surface has one parent surface. A
+ * sub-surface's size and position are not limited to that of the parent.
+ * Particularly, a sub-surface is not automatically clipped to its
+ * parent's area.
+ *
+ * A sub-surface becomes mapped, when a non-NULL wl_buffer is applied
+ * and the parent surface is mapped. The order of which one happens
+ * first is irrelevant. A sub-surface is hidden if the parent becomes
+ * hidden, or if a NULL wl_buffer is applied. These rules apply
+ * recursively through the tree of surfaces.
+ *
+ * The behaviour of a wl_surface.commit request on a sub-surface
+ * depends on the sub-surface's mode. The possible modes are
+ * synchronized and desynchronized, see methods
+ * wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync. Synchronized
+ * mode caches the wl_surface state to be applied when the parent's
+ * state gets applied, and desynchronized mode applies the pending
+ * wl_surface state directly. A sub-surface is initially in the
+ * synchronized mode.
+ *
+ * Sub-surfaces have also other kind of state, which is managed by
+ * wl_subsurface requests, as opposed to wl_surface requests. This
+ * state includes the sub-surface position relative to the parent
+ * surface (wl_subsurface.set_position), and the stacking order of
+ * the parent and its sub-surfaces (wl_subsurface.place_above and
+ * .place_below). This state is applied when the parent surface's
+ * wl_surface state is applied, regardless of the sub-surface's mode.
+ * As the exception, set_sync and set_desync are effective immediately.
+ *
+ * The main surface can be thought to be always in desynchronized mode,
+ * since it does not have a parent in the sub-surfaces sense.
+ *
+ * Even if a sub-surface is in desynchronized mode, it will behave as
+ * in synchronized mode, if its parent surface behaves as in
+ * synchronized mode. This rule is applied recursively throughout the
+ * tree of surfaces. This means, that one can set a sub-surface into
+ * synchronized mode, and then assume that all its child and grand-child
+ * sub-surfaces are synchronized, too, without explicitly setting them.
+ *
+ * If the wl_surface associated with the wl_subsurface is destroyed, the
+ * wl_subsurface object becomes inert. Note, that destroying either object
+ * takes effect immediately. If you need to synchronize the removal
+ * of a sub-surface to the parent surface update, unmap the sub-surface
+ * first by attaching a NULL wl_buffer, update parent, and then destroy
+ * the sub-surface.
+ *
+ * If the parent wl_surface object is destroyed, the sub-surface is
+ * unmapped.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface wl_subsurface_interface;
+
+#ifndef WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ * global error values
+ *
+ * These errors are global and can be emitted in response to any
+ * server request.
+ */
+enum wl_display_error {
+ /**
+ * server couldn't find object
+ */
+ WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_INVALID_OBJECT = 0,
+ /**
+ * method doesn't exist on the specified interface
+ */
+ WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_INVALID_METHOD = 1,
+ /**
+ * server is out of memory
+ */
+ WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_NO_MEMORY = 2,
+};
+#endif /* WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ * @struct wl_display_interface
+ */
+struct wl_display_interface {
+ /**
+ * asynchronous roundtrip
+ *
+ * The sync request asks the server to emit the 'done' event on
+ * the returned wl_callback object. Since requests are handled
+ * in-order and events are delivered in-order, this can be used as
+ * a barrier to ensure all previous requests and the resulting
+ * events have been handled.
+ *
+ * The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
+ * compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client
+ * must not attempt to use it after that point.
+ *
+ * The callback_data passed in the callback is the event serial.
+ * @param callback callback object for the sync request
+ */
+ void (*sync)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t callback);
+ /**
+ * get global registry object
+ *
+ * This request creates a registry object that allows the client
+ * to list and bind the global objects available from the
+ * compositor.
+ * @param registry global registry object
+ */
+ void (*get_registry)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t registry);
+};
+
+#define WL_DISPLAY_ERROR 0
+#define WL_DISPLAY_DELETE_ID 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ */
+#define WL_DISPLAY_ERROR_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ */
+#define WL_DISPLAY_DELETE_ID_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ */
+#define WL_DISPLAY_SYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_display
+ */
+#define WL_DISPLAY_GET_REGISTRY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ * @struct wl_registry_interface
+ */
+struct wl_registry_interface {
+ /**
+ * bind an object to the display
+ *
+ * Binds a new, client-created object to the server using the
+ * specified name as the identifier.
+ * @param name unique numeric name of the object
+ * @param interface name of the objects interface
+ * @param version version of the objects interface
+ * @param id bounded object
+ */
+ void (*bind)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t name,
+ const char *interface, uint32_t version, uint32_t id);
+};
+
+#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL 0
+#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_REMOVE 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ */
+#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ */
+#define WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_REMOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ */
+#define WL_REGISTRY_BIND_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ * Sends an global event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param name numeric name of the global object
+ * @param interface interface implemented by the object
+ * @param version interface version
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_registry_send_global(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t name, const char *interface, uint32_t version)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL, name, interface, version);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_registry
+ * Sends an global_remove event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param name numeric name of the global object
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_registry_send_global_remove(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t name)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_REGISTRY_GLOBAL_REMOVE, name);
+}
+
+#define WL_CALLBACK_DONE 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_callback
+ */
+#define WL_CALLBACK_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_callback
+ * Sends an done event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param callback_data request-specific data for the callback
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_callback_send_done(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t callback_data)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_CALLBACK_DONE, callback_data);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
+ * @struct wl_compositor_interface
+ */
+struct wl_compositor_interface {
+ /**
+ * create new surface
+ *
+ * Ask the compositor to create a new surface.
+ * @param id the new surface
+ */
+ void (*create_surface)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id);
+ /**
+ * create new region
+ *
+ * Ask the compositor to create a new region.
+ * @param id the new region
+ */
+ void (*create_region)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id);
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
+ */
+#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_SURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_compositor
+ */
+#define WL_COMPOSITOR_CREATE_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
+ * @struct wl_shm_pool_interface
+ */
+struct wl_shm_pool_interface {
+ /**
+ * create a buffer from the pool
+ *
+ * Create a wl_buffer object from the pool.
+ *
+ * The buffer is created offset bytes into the pool and has width
+ * and height as specified. The stride argument specifies the
+ * number of bytes from the beginning of one row to the beginning
+ * of the next. The format is the pixel format of the buffer and
+ * must be one of those advertised through the wl_shm.format event.
+ *
+ * A buffer will keep a reference to the pool it was created from
+ * so it is valid to destroy the pool immediately after creating a
+ * buffer from it.
+ * @param id buffer to create
+ * @param offset buffer byte offset within the pool
+ * @param width buffer width, in pixels
+ * @param height buffer height, in pixels
+ * @param stride number of bytes from the beginning of one row to the beginning of the next row
+ * @param format buffer pixel format
+ */
+ void (*create_buffer)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id,
+ int32_t offset,
+ int32_t width,
+ int32_t height,
+ int32_t stride,
+ uint32_t format);
+ /**
+ * destroy the pool
+ *
+ * Destroy the shared memory pool.
+ *
+ * The mmapped memory will be released when all buffers that have
+ * been created from this pool are gone.
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * change the size of the pool mapping
+ *
+ * This request will cause the server to remap the backing memory
+ * for the pool from the file descriptor passed when the pool was
+ * created, but using the new size. This request can only be used
+ * to make the pool bigger.
+ * @param size new size of the pool, in bytes
+ */
+ void (*resize)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ int32_t size);
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
+ */
+#define WL_SHM_POOL_CREATE_BUFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
+ */
+#define WL_SHM_POOL_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm_pool
+ */
+#define WL_SHM_POOL_RESIZE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+#ifndef WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ * wl_shm error values
+ *
+ * These errors can be emitted in response to wl_shm requests.
+ */
+enum wl_shm_error {
+ /**
+ * buffer format is not known
+ */
+ WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_FORMAT = 0,
+ /**
+ * invalid size or stride during pool or buffer creation
+ */
+ WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_STRIDE = 1,
+ /**
+ * mmapping the file descriptor failed
+ */
+ WL_SHM_ERROR_INVALID_FD = 2,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHM_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM
+#define WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ * pixel formats
+ *
+ * This describes the memory layout of an individual pixel.
+ *
+ * All renderers should support argb8888 and xrgb8888 but any other
+ * formats are optional and may not be supported by the particular
+ * renderer in use.
+ *
+ * The drm format codes match the macros defined in drm_fourcc.h.
+ * The formats actually supported by the compositor will be
+ * reported by the format event.
+ */
+enum wl_shm_format {
+ /**
+ * 32-bit ARGB format, [31:0] A:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB8888 = 0,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit RGB format, [31:0] x:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB8888 = 1,
+ /**
+ * 8-bit color index format, [7:0] C
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_C8 = 0x20203843,
+ /**
+ * 8-bit RGB format, [7:0] R:G:B 3:3:2
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB332 = 0x38424752,
+ /**
+ * 8-bit BGR format, [7:0] B:G:R 2:3:3
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR233 = 0x38524742,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit xRGB format, [15:0] x:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB4444 = 0x32315258,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit xBGR format, [15:0] x:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR4444 = 0x32314258,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit RGBx format, [15:0] R:G:B:x 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX4444 = 0x32315852,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit BGRx format, [15:0] B:G:R:x 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX4444 = 0x32315842,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit ARGB format, [15:0] A:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB4444 = 0x32315241,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit ABGR format, [15:0] A:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR4444 = 0x32314241,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit RBGA format, [15:0] R:G:B:A 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA4444 = 0x32314152,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit BGRA format, [15:0] B:G:R:A 4:4:4:4 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA4444 = 0x32314142,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit xRGB format, [15:0] x:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB1555 = 0x35315258,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit xBGR 1555 format, [15:0] x:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR1555 = 0x35314258,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit RGBx 5551 format, [15:0] R:G:B:x 5:5:5:1 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX5551 = 0x35315852,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit BGRx 5551 format, [15:0] B:G:R:x 5:5:5:1 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX5551 = 0x35315842,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit ARGB 1555 format, [15:0] A:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB1555 = 0x35315241,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit ABGR 1555 format, [15:0] A:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR1555 = 0x35314241,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit RGBA 5551 format, [15:0] R:G:B:A 5:5:5:1 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA5551 = 0x35314152,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit BGRA 5551 format, [15:0] B:G:R:A 5:5:5:1 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA5551 = 0x35314142,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit RGB 565 format, [15:0] R:G:B 5:6:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB565 = 0x36314752,
+ /**
+ * 16-bit BGR 565 format, [15:0] B:G:R 5:6:5 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR565 = 0x36314742,
+ /**
+ * 24-bit RGB format, [23:0] R:G:B little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGB888 = 0x34324752,
+ /**
+ * 24-bit BGR format, [23:0] B:G:R little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGR888 = 0x34324742,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit xBGR format, [31:0] x:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR8888 = 0x34324258,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit RGBx format, [31:0] R:G:B:x 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX8888 = 0x34325852,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit BGRx format, [31:0] B:G:R:x 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX8888 = 0x34325842,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit ABGR format, [31:0] A:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR8888 = 0x34324241,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit RGBA format, [31:0] R:G:B:A 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA8888 = 0x34324152,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit BGRA format, [31:0] B:G:R:A 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA8888 = 0x34324142,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit xRGB format, [31:0] x:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XRGB2101010 = 0x30335258,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit xBGR format, [31:0] x:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_XBGR2101010 = 0x30334258,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit RGBx format, [31:0] R:G:B:x 10:10:10:2 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBX1010102 = 0x30335852,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit BGRx format, [31:0] B:G:R:x 10:10:10:2 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRX1010102 = 0x30335842,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit ARGB format, [31:0] A:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ARGB2101010 = 0x30335241,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit ABGR format, [31:0] A:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_ABGR2101010 = 0x30334241,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit RGBA format, [31:0] R:G:B:A 10:10:10:2 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_RGBA1010102 = 0x30334152,
+ /**
+ * 32-bit BGRA format, [31:0] B:G:R:A 10:10:10:2 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_BGRA1010102 = 0x30334142,
+ /**
+ * packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Cr0:Y1:Cb0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUYV = 0x56595559,
+ /**
+ * packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Cb0:Y1:Cr0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVYU = 0x55595659,
+ /**
+ * packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Y1:Cr0:Y0:Cb0 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_UYVY = 0x59565955,
+ /**
+ * packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Y1:Cb0:Y0:Cr0 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_VYUY = 0x59555956,
+ /**
+ * packed AYCbCr format, [31:0] A:Y:Cb:Cr 8:8:8:8 little endian
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_AYUV = 0x56555941,
+ /**
+ * 2 plane YCbCr Cr:Cb format, 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV12 = 0x3231564e,
+ /**
+ * 2 plane YCbCr Cb:Cr format, 2x2 subsampled Cb:Cr plane
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV21 = 0x3132564e,
+ /**
+ * 2 plane YCbCr Cr:Cb format, 2x1 subsampled Cr:Cb plane
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV16 = 0x3631564e,
+ /**
+ * 2 plane YCbCr Cb:Cr format, 2x1 subsampled Cb:Cr plane
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_NV61 = 0x3136564e,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x4 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV410 = 0x39565559,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x4 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU410 = 0x39555659,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV411 = 0x31315559,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 4x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU411 = 0x31315659,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x2 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV420 = 0x32315559,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x2 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU420 = 0x32315659,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV422 = 0x36315559,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, 2x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU422 = 0x36315659,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, non-subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YUV444 = 0x34325559,
+ /**
+ * 3 plane YCbCr format, non-subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes
+ */
+ WL_SHM_FORMAT_YVU444 = 0x34325659,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHM_FORMAT_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ * @struct wl_shm_interface
+ */
+struct wl_shm_interface {
+ /**
+ * create a shm pool
+ *
+ * Create a new wl_shm_pool object.
+ *
+ * The pool can be used to create shared memory based buffer
+ * objects. The server will mmap size bytes of the passed file
+ * descriptor, to use as backing memory for the pool.
+ * @param id pool to create
+ * @param fd file descriptor for the pool
+ * @param size pool size, in bytes
+ */
+ void (*create_pool)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id,
+ int32_t fd,
+ int32_t size);
+};
+
+#define WL_SHM_FORMAT 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ */
+#define WL_SHM_FORMAT_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ */
+#define WL_SHM_CREATE_POOL_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shm
+ * Sends an format event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param format buffer pixel format
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shm_send_format(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t format)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SHM_FORMAT, format);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
+ * @struct wl_buffer_interface
+ */
+struct wl_buffer_interface {
+ /**
+ * destroy a buffer
+ *
+ * Destroy a buffer. If and how you need to release the backing
+ * storage is defined by the buffer factory interface.
+ *
+ * For possible side-effects to a surface, see wl_surface.attach.
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+};
+
+#define WL_BUFFER_RELEASE 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
+ */
+#define WL_BUFFER_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
+ */
+#define WL_BUFFER_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_buffer
+ * Sends an release event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_buffer_send_release(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_BUFFER_RELEASE);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_data_offer_error {
+ /**
+ * finish request was called untimely
+ */
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_FINISH = 0,
+ /**
+ * action mask contains invalid values
+ */
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION_MASK = 1,
+ /**
+ * action argument has an invalid value
+ */
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION = 2,
+ /**
+ * offer doesn't accept this request
+ */
+ WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_INVALID_OFFER = 3,
+};
+#endif /* WL_DATA_OFFER_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ * @struct wl_data_offer_interface
+ */
+struct wl_data_offer_interface {
+ /**
+ * accept one of the offered mime types
+ *
+ * Indicate that the client can accept the given mime type, or
+ * NULL for not accepted.
+ *
+ * For objects of version 2 or older, this request is used by the
+ * client to give feedback whether the client can receive the given
+ * mime type, or NULL if none is accepted; the feedback does not
+ * determine whether the drag-and-drop operation succeeds or not.
+ *
+ * For objects of version 3 or newer, this request determines the
+ * final result of the drag-and-drop operation. If the end result
+ * is that no mime types were accepted, the drag-and-drop operation
+ * will be cancelled and the corresponding drag source will receive
+ * wl_data_source.cancelled. Clients may still use this event in
+ * conjunction with wl_data_source.action for feedback.
+ * @param serial serial number of the accept request
+ * @param mime_type mime type accepted by the client
+ */
+ void (*accept)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ const char *mime_type);
+ /**
+ * request that the data is transferred
+ *
+ * To transfer the offered data, the client issues this request
+ * and indicates the mime type it wants to receive. The transfer
+ * happens through the passed file descriptor (typically created
+ * with the pipe system call). The source client writes the data in
+ * the mime type representation requested and then closes the file
+ * descriptor.
+ *
+ * The receiving client reads from the read end of the pipe until
+ * EOF and then closes its end, at which point the transfer is
+ * complete.
+ *
+ * This request may happen multiple times for different mime types,
+ * both before and after wl_data_device.drop. Drag-and-drop
+ * destination clients may preemptively fetch data or examine it
+ * more closely to determine acceptance.
+ * @param mime_type mime type desired by receiver
+ * @param fd file descriptor for data transfer
+ */
+ void (*receive)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ const char *mime_type,
+ int32_t fd);
+ /**
+ * destroy data offer
+ *
+ * Destroy the data offer.
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * the offer will no longer be used
+ *
+ * Notifies the compositor that the drag destination successfully
+ * finished the drag-and-drop operation.
+ *
+ * Upon receiving this request, the compositor will emit
+ * wl_data_source.dnd_finished on the drag source client.
+ *
+ * It is a client error to perform other requests than
+ * wl_data_offer.destroy after this one. It is also an error to
+ * perform this request after a NULL mime type has been set in
+ * wl_data_offer.accept or no action was received through
+ * wl_data_offer.action.
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*finish)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * set the available/preferred drag-and-drop actions
+ *
+ * Sets the actions that the destination side client supports for
+ * this operation. This request may trigger the emission of
+ * wl_data_source.action and wl_data_offer.action events if the
+ * compositor needs to change the selected action.
+ *
+ * This request can be called multiple times throughout the
+ * drag-and-drop operation, typically in response to
+ * wl_data_device.enter or wl_data_device.motion events.
+ *
+ * This request determines the final result of the drag-and-drop
+ * operation. If the end result is that no action is accepted, the
+ * drag source will receive wl_drag_source.cancelled.
+ *
+ * The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in
+ * the wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, and the
+ * preferred_action argument must only contain one of those values
+ * set, otherwise it will result in a protocol error.
+ *
+ * While managing an "ask" action, the destination drag-and-drop
+ * client may perform further wl_data_offer.receive requests, and
+ * is expected to perform one last wl_data_offer.set_actions
+ * request with a preferred action other than "ask" (and optionally
+ * wl_data_offer.accept) before requesting wl_data_offer.finish, in
+ * order to convey the action selected by the user. If the
+ * preferred action is not in the wl_data_offer.source_actions
+ * mask, an error will be raised.
+ *
+ * If the "ask" action is dismissed (e.g. user cancellation), the
+ * client is expected to perform wl_data_offer.destroy right away.
+ *
+ * This request can only be made on drag-and-drop offers, a
+ * protocol error will be raised otherwise.
+ * @param dnd_actions actions supported by the destination client
+ * @param preferred_action action preferred by the destination client
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*set_actions)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t dnd_actions,
+ uint32_t preferred_action);
+};
+
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_OFFER 0
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SOURCE_ACTIONS 1
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACTION 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SOURCE_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACTION_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_ACCEPT_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_RECEIVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_FINISH_SINCE_VERSION 3
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_OFFER_SET_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ * Sends an offer event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param mime_type offered mime type
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_offer_send_offer(struct wl_resource *resource_, const char *mime_type)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_OFFER_OFFER, mime_type);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ * Sends an source_actions event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param source_actions actions offered by the data source
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_offer_send_source_actions(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t source_actions)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_OFFER_SOURCE_ACTIONS, source_actions);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_offer
+ * Sends an action event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param dnd_action action selected by the compositor
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_offer_send_action(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t dnd_action)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_OFFER_ACTION, dnd_action);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_data_source_error {
+ /**
+ * action mask contains invalid values
+ */
+ WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_INVALID_ACTION_MASK = 0,
+ /**
+ * source doesn't accept this request
+ */
+ WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_INVALID_SOURCE = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_DATA_SOURCE_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ * @struct wl_data_source_interface
+ */
+struct wl_data_source_interface {
+ /**
+ * add an offered mime type
+ *
+ * This request adds a mime type to the set of mime types
+ * advertised to targets. Can be called several times to offer
+ * multiple types.
+ * @param mime_type mime type offered by the data source
+ */
+ void (*offer)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ const char *mime_type);
+ /**
+ * destroy the data source
+ *
+ * Destroy the data source.
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * set the available drag-and-drop actions
+ *
+ * Sets the actions that the source side client supports for this
+ * operation. This request may trigger wl_data_source.action and
+ * wl_data_offer.action events if the compositor needs to change
+ * the selected action.
+ *
+ * The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in
+ * the wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, otherwise it will
+ * result in a protocol error.
+ *
+ * This request must be made once only, and can only be made on
+ * sources used in drag-and-drop, so it must be performed before
+ * wl_data_device.start_drag. Attempting to use the source other
+ * than for drag-and-drop will raise a protocol error.
+ * @param dnd_actions actions supported by the data source
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*set_actions)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t dnd_actions);
+};
+
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_TARGET 0
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SEND 1
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_CANCELLED 2
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_DROP_PERFORMED 3
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_FINISHED 4
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_ACTION 5
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_TARGET_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SEND_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_CANCELLED_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_DROP_PERFORMED_SINCE_VERSION 3
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_FINISHED_SINCE_VERSION 3
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_ACTION_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_SOURCE_SET_ACTIONS_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ * Sends an target event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param mime_type mime type accepted by the target
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_source_send_target(struct wl_resource *resource_, const char *mime_type)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_TARGET, mime_type);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ * Sends an send event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param mime_type mime type for the data
+ * @param fd file descriptor for the data
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_source_send_send(struct wl_resource *resource_, const char *mime_type, int32_t fd)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_SEND, mime_type, fd);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ * Sends an cancelled event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_source_send_cancelled(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_CANCELLED);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ * Sends an dnd_drop_performed event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_source_send_dnd_drop_performed(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_DROP_PERFORMED);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ * Sends an dnd_finished event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_source_send_dnd_finished(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_DND_FINISHED);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_source
+ * Sends an action event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param dnd_action action selected by the compositor
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_source_send_action(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t dnd_action)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_SOURCE_ACTION, dnd_action);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_data_device_error {
+ /**
+ * given wl_surface has another role
+ */
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
+};
+#endif /* WL_DATA_DEVICE_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ * @struct wl_data_device_interface
+ */
+struct wl_data_device_interface {
+ /**
+ * start drag-and-drop operation
+ *
+ * This request asks the compositor to start a drag-and-drop
+ * operation on behalf of the client.
+ *
+ * The source argument is the data source that provides the data
+ * for the eventual data transfer. If source is NULL, enter, leave
+ * and motion events are sent only to the client that initiated the
+ * drag and the client is expected to handle the data passing
+ * internally.
+ *
+ * The origin surface is the surface where the drag originates and
+ * the client must have an active implicit grab that matches the
+ * serial.
+ *
+ * The icon surface is an optional (can be NULL) surface that
+ * provides an icon to be moved around with the cursor. Initially,
+ * the top-left corner of the icon surface is placed at the cursor
+ * hotspot, but subsequent wl_surface.attach request can move the
+ * relative position. Attach requests must be confirmed with
+ * wl_surface.commit as usual. The icon surface is given the role
+ * of a drag-and-drop icon. If the icon surface already has another
+ * role, it raises a protocol error.
+ *
+ * The current and pending input regions of the icon wl_surface are
+ * cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
+ * wl_surface is no longer used as the icon surface. When the use
+ * as an icon ends, the current and pending input regions become
+ * undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
+ * @param source data source for the eventual transfer
+ * @param origin surface where the drag originates
+ * @param icon drag-and-drop icon surface
+ * @param serial serial number of the implicit grab on the origin
+ */
+ void (*start_drag)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *source,
+ struct wl_resource *origin,
+ struct wl_resource *icon,
+ uint32_t serial);
+ /**
+ * copy data to the selection
+ *
+ * This request asks the compositor to set the selection to the
+ * data from the source on behalf of the client.
+ *
+ * To unset the selection, set the source to NULL.
+ * @param source data source for the selection
+ * @param serial serial number of the event that triggered this request
+ */
+ void (*set_selection)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *source,
+ uint32_t serial);
+ /**
+ * destroy data device
+ *
+ * This request destroys the data device.
+ * @since 2
+ */
+ void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+};
+
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DATA_OFFER 0
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_ENTER 1
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_LEAVE 2
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MOTION 3
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DROP 4
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SELECTION 5
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DATA_OFFER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_DROP_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SELECTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_START_DRAG_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_SET_SELECTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ * Sends an data_offer event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param id the new data_offer object
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_send_data_offer(struct wl_resource *resource_, struct wl_resource *id)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_DATA_OFFER, id);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ * Sends an enter event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the enter event
+ * @param surface client surface entered
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ * @param id source data_offer object
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_send_enter(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, struct wl_resource *surface, wl_fixed_t x, wl_fixed_t y, struct wl_resource *id)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_ENTER, serial, surface, x, y, id);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ * Sends an leave event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_send_leave(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_LEAVE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ * Sends an motion event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_send_motion(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t time, wl_fixed_t x, wl_fixed_t y)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_MOTION, time, x, y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ * Sends an drop event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_send_drop(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_DROP);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device
+ * Sends an selection event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param id selection data_offer object
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_data_device_send_selection(struct wl_resource *resource_, struct wl_resource *id)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_DATA_DEVICE_SELECTION, id);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
+ * drag and drop actions
+ *
+ * This is a bitmask of the available/preferred actions in a
+ * drag-and-drop operation.
+ *
+ * In the compositor, the selected action is a result of matching the
+ * actions offered by the source and destination sides. "action" events
+ * with a "none" action will be sent to both source and destination if
+ * there is no match. All further checks will effectively happen on
+ * (source actions ∩ destination actions).
+ *
+ * In addition, compositors may also pick different actions in
+ * reaction to key modifiers being pressed. One common design that
+ * is used in major toolkits (and the behavior recommended for
+ * compositors) is:
+ *
+ * - If no modifiers are pressed, the first match (in bit order)
+ * will be used.
+ * - Pressing Shift selects "move", if enabled in the mask.
+ * - Pressing Control selects "copy", if enabled in the mask.
+ *
+ * Behavior beyond that is considered implementation-dependent.
+ * Compositors may for example bind other modifiers (like Alt/Meta)
+ * or drags initiated with other buttons than BTN_LEFT to specific
+ * actions (e.g. "ask").
+ */
+enum wl_data_device_manager_dnd_action {
+ /**
+ * no action
+ */
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_NONE = 0,
+ /**
+ * copy action
+ */
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_COPY = 1,
+ /**
+ * move action
+ */
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_MOVE = 2,
+ /**
+ * ask action
+ */
+ WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ASK = 4,
+};
+#endif /* WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_DND_ACTION_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
+ * @struct wl_data_device_manager_interface
+ */
+struct wl_data_device_manager_interface {
+ /**
+ * create a new data source
+ *
+ * Create a new data source.
+ * @param id data source to create
+ */
+ void (*create_data_source)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id);
+ /**
+ * create a new data device
+ *
+ * Create a new data device for a given seat.
+ * @param id data device to create
+ * @param seat seat associated with the data device
+ */
+ void (*get_data_device)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id,
+ struct wl_resource *seat);
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_CREATE_DATA_SOURCE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_data_device_manager
+ */
+#define WL_DATA_DEVICE_MANAGER_GET_DATA_DEVICE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+#ifndef WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_shell_error {
+ /**
+ * given wl_surface has another role
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHELL_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell
+ * @struct wl_shell_interface
+ */
+struct wl_shell_interface {
+ /**
+ * create a shell surface from a surface
+ *
+ * Create a shell surface for an existing surface. This gives the
+ * wl_surface the role of a shell surface. If the wl_surface
+ * already has another role, it raises a protocol error.
+ *
+ * Only one shell surface can be associated with a given surface.
+ * @param id shell surface to create
+ * @param surface surface to be given the shell surface role
+ */
+ void (*get_shell_surface)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id,
+ struct wl_resource *surface);
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_GET_SHELL_SURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * edge values for resizing
+ *
+ * These values are used to indicate which edge of a surface
+ * is being dragged in a resize operation. The server may
+ * use this information to adapt its behavior, e.g. choose
+ * an appropriate cursor image.
+ */
+enum wl_shell_surface_resize {
+ /**
+ * no edge
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_NONE = 0,
+ /**
+ * top edge
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP = 1,
+ /**
+ * bottom edge
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM = 2,
+ /**
+ * left edge
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_LEFT = 4,
+ /**
+ * top and left edges
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP_LEFT = 5,
+ /**
+ * bottom and left edges
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM_LEFT = 6,
+ /**
+ * right edge
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_RIGHT = 8,
+ /**
+ * top and right edges
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_TOP_RIGHT = 9,
+ /**
+ * bottom and right edges
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_BOTTOM_RIGHT = 10,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * details of transient behaviour
+ *
+ * These flags specify details of the expected behaviour
+ * of transient surfaces. Used in the set_transient request.
+ */
+enum wl_shell_surface_transient {
+ /**
+ * do not set keyboard focus
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_INACTIVE = 0x1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_TRANSIENT_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * different method to set the surface fullscreen
+ *
+ * Hints to indicate to the compositor how to deal with a conflict
+ * between the dimensions of the surface and the dimensions of the
+ * output. The compositor is free to ignore this parameter.
+ */
+enum wl_shell_surface_fullscreen_method {
+ /**
+ * no preference, apply default policy
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_DEFAULT = 0,
+ /**
+ * scale, preserve the surface's aspect ratio and center on output
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_SCALE = 1,
+ /**
+ * switch output mode to the smallest mode that can fit the surface, add black borders to compensate size mismatch
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_DRIVER = 2,
+ /**
+ * no upscaling, center on output and add black borders to compensate size mismatch
+ */
+ WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_FILL = 3,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SHELL_SURFACE_FULLSCREEN_METHOD_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * @struct wl_shell_surface_interface
+ */
+struct wl_shell_surface_interface {
+ /**
+ * respond to a ping event
+ *
+ * A client must respond to a ping event with a pong request or
+ * the client may be deemed unresponsive.
+ * @param serial serial number of the ping event
+ */
+ void (*pong)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t serial);
+ /**
+ * start an interactive move
+ *
+ * Start a pointer-driven move of the surface.
+ *
+ * This request must be used in response to a button press event.
+ * The server may ignore move requests depending on the state of
+ * the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
+ * @param seat seat whose pointer is used
+ * @param serial serial number of the implicit grab on the pointer
+ */
+ void (*move)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *seat,
+ uint32_t serial);
+ /**
+ * start an interactive resize
+ *
+ * Start a pointer-driven resizing of the surface.
+ *
+ * This request must be used in response to a button press event.
+ * The server may ignore resize requests depending on the state of
+ * the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
+ * @param seat seat whose pointer is used
+ * @param serial serial number of the implicit grab on the pointer
+ * @param edges which edge or corner is being dragged
+ */
+ void (*resize)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *seat,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ uint32_t edges);
+ /**
+ * make the surface a toplevel surface
+ *
+ * Map the surface as a toplevel surface.
+ *
+ * A toplevel surface is not fullscreen, maximized or transient.
+ */
+ void (*set_toplevel)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * make the surface a transient surface
+ *
+ * Map the surface relative to an existing surface.
+ *
+ * The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
+ * corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
+ * parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
+ *
+ * The flags argument controls details of the transient behaviour.
+ * @param parent parent surface
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ * @param flags transient surface behavior
+ */
+ void (*set_transient)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *parent,
+ int32_t x,
+ int32_t y,
+ uint32_t flags);
+ /**
+ * make the surface a fullscreen surface
+ *
+ * Map the surface as a fullscreen surface.
+ *
+ * If an output parameter is given then the surface will be made
+ * fullscreen on that output. If the client does not specify the
+ * output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
+ * choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
+ * area.
+ *
+ * The client may specify a method to resolve a size conflict
+ * between the output size and the surface size - this is provided
+ * through the method parameter.
+ *
+ * The framerate parameter is used only when the method is set to
+ * "driver", to indicate the preferred framerate. A value of 0
+ * indicates that the client does not care about framerate. The
+ * framerate is specified in mHz, that is framerate of 60000 is
+ * 60Hz.
+ *
+ * A method of "scale" or "driver" implies a scaling operation of
+ * the surface, either via a direct scaling operation or a change
+ * of the output mode. This will override any kind of output
+ * scaling, so that mapping a surface with a buffer size equal to
+ * the mode can fill the screen independent of buffer_scale.
+ *
+ * A method of "fill" means we don't scale up the buffer, however
+ * any output scale is applied. This means that you may run into an
+ * edge case where the application maps a buffer with the same size
+ * of the output mode but buffer_scale 1 (thus making a surface
+ * larger than the output). In this case it is allowed to downscale
+ * the results to fit the screen.
+ *
+ * The compositor must reply to this request with a configure event
+ * with the dimensions for the output on which the surface will be
+ * made fullscreen.
+ * @param method method for resolving size conflict
+ * @param framerate framerate in mHz
+ * @param output output on which the surface is to be fullscreen
+ */
+ void (*set_fullscreen)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t method,
+ uint32_t framerate,
+ struct wl_resource *output);
+ /**
+ * make the surface a popup surface
+ *
+ * Map the surface as a popup.
+ *
+ * A popup surface is a transient surface with an added pointer
+ * grab.
+ *
+ * An existing implicit grab will be changed to owner-events mode,
+ * and the popup grab will continue after the implicit grab ends
+ * (i.e. releasing the mouse button does not cause the popup to be
+ * unmapped).
+ *
+ * The popup grab continues until the window is destroyed or a
+ * mouse button is pressed in any other client's window. A click in
+ * any of the client's surfaces is reported as normal, however,
+ * clicks in other clients' surfaces will be discarded and trigger
+ * the callback.
+ *
+ * The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
+ * corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
+ * parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
+ * @param seat seat whose pointer is used
+ * @param serial serial number of the implicit grab on the pointer
+ * @param parent parent surface
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ * @param flags transient surface behavior
+ */
+ void (*set_popup)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *seat,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ struct wl_resource *parent,
+ int32_t x,
+ int32_t y,
+ uint32_t flags);
+ /**
+ * make the surface a maximized surface
+ *
+ * Map the surface as a maximized surface.
+ *
+ * If an output parameter is given then the surface will be
+ * maximized on that output. If the client does not specify the
+ * output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
+ * choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
+ * area.
+ *
+ * The compositor will reply with a configure event telling the
+ * expected new surface size. The operation is completed on the
+ * next buffer attach to this surface.
+ *
+ * A maximized surface typically fills the entire output it is
+ * bound to, except for desktop elements such as panels. This is
+ * the main difference between a maximized shell surface and a
+ * fullscreen shell surface.
+ *
+ * The details depend on the compositor implementation.
+ * @param output output on which the surface is to be maximized
+ */
+ void (*set_maximized)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *output);
+ /**
+ * set surface title
+ *
+ * Set a short title for the surface.
+ *
+ * This string may be used to identify the surface in a task bar,
+ * window list, or other user interface elements provided by the
+ * compositor.
+ *
+ * The string must be encoded in UTF-8.
+ * @param title surface title
+ */
+ void (*set_title)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ const char *title);
+ /**
+ * set surface class
+ *
+ * Set a class for the surface.
+ *
+ * The surface class identifies the general class of applications
+ * to which the surface belongs. A common convention is to use the
+ * file name (or the full path if it is a non-standard location) of
+ * the application's .desktop file as the class.
+ * @param class_ surface class
+ */
+ void (*set_class)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ const char *class_);
+};
+
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PING 0
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_CONFIGURE 1
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_POPUP_DONE 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PING_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_CONFIGURE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_POPUP_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PONG_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_MOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_RESIZE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TOPLEVEL_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TRANSIENT_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_FULLSCREEN_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_POPUP_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_MAXIMIZED_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_TITLE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SHELL_SURFACE_SET_CLASS_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * Sends an ping event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the ping
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_send_ping(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SHELL_SURFACE_PING, serial);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * Sends an configure event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param edges how the surface was resized
+ * @param width new width of the surface
+ * @param height new height of the surface
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_send_configure(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t edges, int32_t width, int32_t height)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SHELL_SURFACE_CONFIGURE, edges, width, height);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_shell_surface
+ * Sends an popup_done event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_shell_surface_send_popup_done(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SHELL_SURFACE_POPUP_DONE);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ * wl_surface error values
+ *
+ * These errors can be emitted in response to wl_surface requests.
+ */
+enum wl_surface_error {
+ /**
+ * buffer scale value is invalid
+ */
+ WL_SURFACE_ERROR_INVALID_SCALE = 0,
+ /**
+ * buffer transform value is invalid
+ */
+ WL_SURFACE_ERROR_INVALID_TRANSFORM = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SURFACE_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ * @struct wl_surface_interface
+ */
+struct wl_surface_interface {
+ /**
+ * delete surface
+ *
+ * Deletes the surface and invalidates its object ID.
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * set the surface contents
+ *
+ * Set a buffer as the content of this surface.
+ *
+ * The new size of the surface is calculated based on the buffer
+ * size transformed by the inverse buffer_transform and the inverse
+ * buffer_scale. This means that the supplied buffer must be an
+ * integer multiple of the buffer_scale.
+ *
+ * The x and y arguments specify the location of the new pending
+ * buffer's upper left corner, relative to the current buffer's
+ * upper left corner, in surface-local coordinates. In other words,
+ * the x and y, combined with the new surface size define in which
+ * directions the surface's size changes.
+ *
+ * Surface contents are double-buffered state, see
+ * wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * The initial surface contents are void; there is no content.
+ * wl_surface.attach assigns the given wl_buffer as the pending
+ * wl_buffer. wl_surface.commit makes the pending wl_buffer the new
+ * surface contents, and the size of the surface becomes the size
+ * calculated from the wl_buffer, as described above. After commit,
+ * there is no pending buffer until the next attach.
+ *
+ * Committing a pending wl_buffer allows the compositor to read the
+ * pixels in the wl_buffer. The compositor may access the pixels at
+ * any time after the wl_surface.commit request. When the
+ * compositor will not access the pixels anymore, it will send the
+ * wl_buffer.release event. Only after receiving wl_buffer.release,
+ * the client may reuse the wl_buffer. A wl_buffer that has been
+ * attached and then replaced by another attach instead of
+ * committed will not receive a release event, and is not used by
+ * the compositor.
+ *
+ * Destroying the wl_buffer after wl_buffer.release does not change
+ * the surface contents. However, if the client destroys the
+ * wl_buffer before receiving the wl_buffer.release event, the
+ * surface contents become undefined immediately.
+ *
+ * If wl_surface.attach is sent with a NULL wl_buffer, the
+ * following wl_surface.commit will remove the surface content.
+ * @param buffer buffer of surface contents
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+ void (*attach)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *buffer,
+ int32_t x,
+ int32_t y);
+ /**
+ * mark part of the surface damaged
+ *
+ * This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
+ * buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
+ * the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
+ * ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the
+ * surface.
+ *
+ * Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * The damage rectangle is specified in surface-local coordinates,
+ * where x and y specify the upper left corner of the damage
+ * rectangle.
+ *
+ * The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
+ * wl_surface.damage adds pending damage: the new pending damage is
+ * the union of old pending damage and the given rectangle.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
+ * and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
+ * damage as it repaints the surface.
+ *
+ * Alternatively, damage can be posted with
+ * wl_surface.damage_buffer which uses buffer coordinates instead
+ * of surface coordinates, and is probably the preferred and
+ * intuitive way of doing this.
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ * @param width width of damage rectangle
+ * @param height height of damage rectangle
+ */
+ void (*damage)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ int32_t x,
+ int32_t y,
+ int32_t width,
+ int32_t height);
+ /**
+ * request a frame throttling hint
+ *
+ * Request a notification when it is a good time to start drawing
+ * a new frame, by creating a frame callback. This is useful for
+ * throttling redrawing operations, and driving animations.
+ *
+ * When a client is animating on a wl_surface, it can use the
+ * 'frame' request to get notified when it is a good time to draw
+ * and commit the next frame of animation. If the client commits an
+ * update earlier than that, it is likely that some updates will
+ * not make it to the display, and the client is wasting resources
+ * by drawing too often.
+ *
+ * The frame request will take effect on the next
+ * wl_surface.commit. The notification will only be posted for one
+ * frame unless requested again. For a wl_surface, the
+ * notifications are posted in the order the frame requests were
+ * committed.
+ *
+ * The server must send the notifications so that a client will not
+ * send excessive updates, while still allowing the highest
+ * possible update rate for clients that wait for the reply before
+ * drawing again. The server should give some time for the client
+ * to draw and commit after sending the frame callback events to
+ * let it hit the next output refresh.
+ *
+ * A server should avoid signaling the frame callbacks if the
+ * surface is not visible in any way, e.g. the surface is
+ * off-screen, or completely obscured by other opaque surfaces.
+ *
+ * The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
+ * compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client
+ * must not attempt to use it after that point.
+ *
+ * The callback_data passed in the callback is the current time, in
+ * milliseconds, with an undefined base.
+ * @param callback callback object for the frame request
+ */
+ void (*frame)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t callback);
+ /**
+ * set opaque region
+ *
+ * This request sets the region of the surface that contains
+ * opaque content.
+ *
+ * The opaque region is an optimization hint for the compositor
+ * that lets it optimize the redrawing of content behind opaque
+ * regions. Setting an opaque region is not required for correct
+ * behaviour, but marking transparent content as opaque will result
+ * in repaint artifacts.
+ *
+ * The opaque region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
+ *
+ * The compositor ignores the parts of the opaque region that fall
+ * outside of the surface.
+ *
+ * Opaque region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.set_opaque_region changes the pending opaque region.
+ * wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current
+ * region. Otherwise, the pending and current regions are never
+ * changed.
+ *
+ * The initial value for an opaque region is empty. Setting the
+ * pending opaque region has copy semantics, and the wl_region
+ * object can be destroyed immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the
+ * pending opaque region to be set to empty.
+ * @param region opaque region of the surface
+ */
+ void (*set_opaque_region)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *region);
+ /**
+ * set input region
+ *
+ * This request sets the region of the surface that can receive
+ * pointer and touch events.
+ *
+ * Input events happening outside of this region will try the next
+ * surface in the server surface stack. The compositor ignores the
+ * parts of the input region that fall outside of the surface.
+ *
+ * The input region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
+ *
+ * Input region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.set_input_region changes the pending input region.
+ * wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current
+ * region. Otherwise the pending and current regions are never
+ * changed, except cursor and icon surfaces are special cases, see
+ * wl_pointer.set_cursor and wl_data_device.start_drag.
+ *
+ * The initial value for an input region is infinite. That means
+ * the whole surface will accept input. Setting the pending input
+ * region has copy semantics, and the wl_region object can be
+ * destroyed immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the input region
+ * to be set to infinite.
+ * @param region input region of the surface
+ */
+ void (*set_input_region)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *region);
+ /**
+ * commit pending surface state
+ *
+ * Surface state (input, opaque, and damage regions, attached
+ * buffers, etc.) is double-buffered. Protocol requests modify the
+ * pending state, as opposed to the current state in use by the
+ * compositor. A commit request atomically applies all pending
+ * state, replacing the current state. After commit, the new
+ * pending state is as documented for each related request.
+ *
+ * On commit, a pending wl_buffer is applied first, and all other
+ * state second. This means that all coordinates in double-buffered
+ * state are relative to the new wl_buffer coming into use, except
+ * for wl_surface.attach itself. If there is no pending wl_buffer,
+ * the coordinates are relative to the current surface contents.
+ *
+ * All requests that need a commit to become effective are
+ * documented to affect double-buffered state.
+ *
+ * Other interfaces may add further double-buffered surface state.
+ */
+ void (*commit)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * sets the buffer transformation
+ *
+ * This request sets an optional transformation on how the
+ * compositor interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the
+ * surface. The accepted values for the transform parameter are the
+ * values for wl_output.transform.
+ *
+ * Buffer transform is double-buffered state, see
+ * wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * A newly created surface has its buffer transformation set to
+ * normal.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.set_buffer_transform changes the pending buffer
+ * transformation. wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer
+ * transformation to the current one. Otherwise, the pending and
+ * current values are never changed.
+ *
+ * The purpose of this request is to allow clients to render
+ * content according to the output transform, thus permitting the
+ * compositor to use certain optimizations even if the display is
+ * rotated. Using hardware overlays and scanning out a client
+ * buffer for fullscreen surfaces are examples of such
+ * optimizations. Those optimizations are highly dependent on the
+ * compositor implementation, so the use of this request should be
+ * considered on a case-by-case basis.
+ *
+ * Note that if the transform value includes 90 or 270 degree
+ * rotation, the width of the buffer will become the surface height
+ * and the height of the buffer will become the surface width.
+ *
+ * If transform is not one of the values from the
+ * wl_output.transform enum the invalid_transform protocol error is
+ * raised.
+ * @param transform transform for interpreting buffer contents
+ * @since 2
+ */
+ void (*set_buffer_transform)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ int32_t transform);
+ /**
+ * sets the buffer scaling factor
+ *
+ * This request sets an optional scaling factor on how the
+ * compositor interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the
+ * window.
+ *
+ * Buffer scale is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * A newly created surface has its buffer scale set to 1.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.set_buffer_scale changes the pending buffer scale.
+ * wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer scale to the current
+ * one. Otherwise, the pending and current values are never
+ * changed.
+ *
+ * The purpose of this request is to allow clients to supply higher
+ * resolution buffer data for use on high resolution outputs. It is
+ * intended that you pick the same buffer scale as the scale of the
+ * output that the surface is displayed on. This means the
+ * compositor can avoid scaling when rendering the surface on that
+ * output.
+ *
+ * Note that if the scale is larger than 1, then you have to attach
+ * a buffer that is larger (by a factor of scale in each dimension)
+ * than the desired surface size.
+ *
+ * If scale is not positive the invalid_scale protocol error is
+ * raised.
+ * @param scale positive scale for interpreting buffer contents
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*set_buffer_scale)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ int32_t scale);
+ /**
+ * mark part of the surface damaged using buffer coordinates
+ *
+ * This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
+ * buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
+ * the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
+ * ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the
+ * surface.
+ *
+ * Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+ *
+ * The damage rectangle is specified in buffer coordinates, where x
+ * and y specify the upper left corner of the damage rectangle.
+ *
+ * The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
+ * wl_surface.damage_buffer adds pending damage: the new pending
+ * damage is the union of old pending damage and the given
+ * rectangle.
+ *
+ * wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
+ * and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
+ * damage as it repaints the surface.
+ *
+ * This request differs from wl_surface.damage in only one way - it
+ * takes damage in buffer coordinates instead of surface-local
+ * coordinates. While this generally is more intuitive than surface
+ * coordinates, it is especially desirable when using wp_viewport
+ * or when a drawing library (like EGL) is unaware of buffer scale
+ * and buffer transform.
+ *
+ * Note: Because buffer transformation changes and damage requests
+ * may be interleaved in the protocol stream, it is impossible to
+ * determine the actual mapping between surface and buffer damage
+ * until wl_surface.commit time. Therefore, compositors wishing to
+ * take both kinds of damage into account will have to accumulate
+ * damage from the two requests separately and only transform from
+ * one to the other after receiving the wl_surface.commit.
+ * @param x buffer-local x coordinate
+ * @param y buffer-local y coordinate
+ * @param width width of damage rectangle
+ * @param height height of damage rectangle
+ * @since 4
+ */
+ void (*damage_buffer)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ int32_t x,
+ int32_t y,
+ int32_t width,
+ int32_t height);
+};
+
+#define WL_SURFACE_ENTER 0
+#define WL_SURFACE_LEAVE 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_ATTACH_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_OPAQUE_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_INPUT_REGION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_COMMIT_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_TRANSFORM_SINCE_VERSION 2
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_SET_BUFFER_SCALE_SINCE_VERSION 3
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ */
+#define WL_SURFACE_DAMAGE_BUFFER_SINCE_VERSION 4
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ * Sends an enter event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param output output entered by the surface
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_send_enter(struct wl_resource *resource_, struct wl_resource *output)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SURFACE_ENTER, output);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_surface
+ * Sends an leave event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param output output left by the surface
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_surface_send_leave(struct wl_resource *resource_, struct wl_resource *output)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SURFACE_LEAVE, output);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM
+#define WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ * seat capability bitmask
+ *
+ * This is a bitmask of capabilities this seat has; if a member is
+ * set, then it is present on the seat.
+ */
+enum wl_seat_capability {
+ /**
+ * the seat has pointer devices
+ */
+ WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_POINTER = 1,
+ /**
+ * the seat has one or more keyboards
+ */
+ WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_KEYBOARD = 2,
+ /**
+ * the seat has touch devices
+ */
+ WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_TOUCH = 4,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SEAT_CAPABILITY_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ * @struct wl_seat_interface
+ */
+struct wl_seat_interface {
+ /**
+ * return pointer object
+ *
+ * The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_pointer
+ * interface for this seat.
+ *
+ * This request only takes effect if the seat has the pointer
+ * capability, or has had the pointer capability in the past. It is
+ * a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
+ * never had the pointer capability.
+ * @param id seat pointer
+ */
+ void (*get_pointer)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id);
+ /**
+ * return keyboard object
+ *
+ * The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_keyboard
+ * interface for this seat.
+ *
+ * This request only takes effect if the seat has the keyboard
+ * capability, or has had the keyboard capability in the past. It
+ * is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
+ * never had the keyboard capability.
+ * @param id seat keyboard
+ */
+ void (*get_keyboard)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id);
+ /**
+ * return touch object
+ *
+ * The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_touch interface
+ * for this seat.
+ *
+ * This request only takes effect if the seat has the touch
+ * capability, or has had the touch capability in the past. It is a
+ * protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
+ * never had the touch capability.
+ * @param id seat touch interface
+ */
+ void (*get_touch)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id);
+ /**
+ * release the seat object
+ *
+ * Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not
+ * going to use the seat object anymore.
+ * @since 5
+ */
+ void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+};
+
+#define WL_SEAT_CAPABILITIES 0
+#define WL_SEAT_NAME 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_CAPABILITIES_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_NAME_SINCE_VERSION 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_GET_POINTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_GET_KEYBOARD_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_GET_TOUCH_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ */
+#define WL_SEAT_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 5
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ * Sends an capabilities event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param capabilities capabilities of the seat
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_seat_send_capabilities(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t capabilities)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SEAT_CAPABILITIES, capabilities);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_seat
+ * Sends an name event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param name seat identifier
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_seat_send_name(struct wl_resource *resource_, const char *name)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_SEAT_NAME, name);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_pointer_error {
+ /**
+ * given wl_surface has another role
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_ERROR_ROLE = 0,
+};
+#endif /* WL_POINTER_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM
+#define WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * physical button state
+ *
+ * Describes the physical state of a button that produced the button
+ * event.
+ */
+enum wl_pointer_button_state {
+ /**
+ * the button is not pressed
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_RELEASED = 0,
+ /**
+ * the button is pressed
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_POINTER_BUTTON_STATE_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * axis types
+ *
+ * Describes the axis types of scroll events.
+ */
+enum wl_pointer_axis {
+ /**
+ * vertical axis
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_AXIS_VERTICAL_SCROLL = 0,
+ /**
+ * horizontal axis
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_AXIS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_POINTER_AXIS_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * axis source types
+ *
+ * Describes the source types for axis events. This indicates to the
+ * client how an axis event was physically generated; a client may
+ * adjust the user interface accordingly. For example, scroll events
+ * from a "finger" source may be in a smooth coordinate space with
+ * kinetic scrolling whereas a "wheel" source may be in discrete steps
+ * of a number of lines.
+ *
+ * The "continuous" axis source is a device generating events in a
+ * continuous coordinate space, but using something other than a
+ * finger. One example for this source is button-based scrolling where
+ * the vertical motion of a device is converted to scroll events while
+ * a button is held down.
+ */
+enum wl_pointer_axis_source {
+ /**
+ * a physical wheel
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL = 0,
+ /**
+ * finger on a touch surface
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_FINGER = 1,
+ /**
+ * continuous coordinate space
+ */
+ WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_CONTINUOUS = 2,
+};
+#endif /* WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * @struct wl_pointer_interface
+ */
+struct wl_pointer_interface {
+ /**
+ * set the pointer surface
+ *
+ * Set the pointer surface, i.e., the surface that contains the
+ * pointer image (cursor). This request gives the surface the role
+ * of a cursor. If the surface already has another role, it raises
+ * a protocol error.
+ *
+ * The cursor actually changes only if the pointer focus for this
+ * device is one of the requesting client's surfaces or the surface
+ * parameter is the current pointer surface. If there was a
+ * previous surface set with this request it is replaced. If
+ * surface is NULL, the pointer image is hidden.
+ *
+ * The parameters hotspot_x and hotspot_y define the position of
+ * the pointer surface relative to the pointer location. Its
+ * top-left corner is always at (x, y) - (hotspot_x, hotspot_y),
+ * where (x, y) are the coordinates of the pointer location, in
+ * surface-local coordinates.
+ *
+ * On surface.attach requests to the pointer surface, hotspot_x and
+ * hotspot_y are decremented by the x and y parameters passed to
+ * the request. Attach must be confirmed by wl_surface.commit as
+ * usual.
+ *
+ * The hotspot can also be updated by passing the currently set
+ * pointer surface to this request with new values for hotspot_x
+ * and hotspot_y.
+ *
+ * The current and pending input regions of the wl_surface are
+ * cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
+ * wl_surface is no longer used as the cursor. When the use as a
+ * cursor ends, the current and pending input regions become
+ * undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
+ * @param serial serial number of the enter event
+ * @param surface pointer surface
+ * @param hotspot_x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param hotspot_y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+ void (*set_cursor)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t serial,
+ struct wl_resource *surface,
+ int32_t hotspot_x,
+ int32_t hotspot_y);
+ /**
+ * release the pointer object
+ *
+ * Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not
+ * going to use the pointer object anymore.
+ *
+ * This request destroys the pointer proxy object, so clients must
+ * not call wl_pointer_destroy() after using this request.
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+};
+
+#define WL_POINTER_ENTER 0
+#define WL_POINTER_LEAVE 1
+#define WL_POINTER_MOTION 2
+#define WL_POINTER_BUTTON 3
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS 4
+#define WL_POINTER_FRAME 5
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE 6
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_STOP 7
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_DISCRETE 8
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_BUTTON_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 5
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_SINCE_VERSION 5
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_STOP_SINCE_VERSION 5
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_AXIS_DISCRETE_SINCE_VERSION 5
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_SET_CURSOR_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ */
+#define WL_POINTER_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * Sends an enter event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the enter event
+ * @param surface surface entered by the pointer
+ * @param surface_x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param surface_y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_send_enter(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, struct wl_resource *surface, wl_fixed_t surface_x, wl_fixed_t surface_y)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_ENTER, serial, surface, surface_x, surface_y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * Sends an leave event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the leave event
+ * @param surface surface left by the pointer
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_send_leave(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, struct wl_resource *surface)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_LEAVE, serial, surface);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * Sends an motion event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param surface_x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param surface_y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_send_motion(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t time, wl_fixed_t surface_x, wl_fixed_t surface_y)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_MOTION, time, surface_x, surface_y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * Sends an button event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the button event
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param button button that produced the event
+ * @param state physical state of the button
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_send_button(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, uint32_t time, uint32_t button, uint32_t state)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_BUTTON, serial, time, button, state);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * Sends an axis event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param axis axis type
+ * @param value length of vector in surface-local coordinate space
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_send_axis(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t time, uint32_t axis, wl_fixed_t value)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_AXIS, time, axis, value);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * Sends an frame event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_send_frame(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_FRAME);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * Sends an axis_source event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param axis_source source of the axis event
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_send_axis_source(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t axis_source)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE, axis_source);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * Sends an axis_stop event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param axis the axis stopped with this event
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_send_axis_stop(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t time, uint32_t axis)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_AXIS_STOP, time, axis);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_pointer
+ * Sends an axis_discrete event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param axis axis type
+ * @param discrete number of steps
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_pointer_send_axis_discrete(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t axis, int32_t discrete)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_POINTER_AXIS_DISCRETE, axis, discrete);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * keyboard mapping format
+ *
+ * This specifies the format of the keymap provided to the
+ * client with the wl_keyboard.keymap event.
+ */
+enum wl_keyboard_keymap_format {
+ /**
+ * no keymap; client must understand how to interpret the raw keycode
+ */
+ WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_NO_KEYMAP = 0,
+ /**
+ * libxkbcommon compatible; to determine the xkb keycode, clients must add 8 to the key event keycode
+ */
+ WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_XKB_V1 = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_FORMAT_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * physical key state
+ *
+ * Describes the physical state of a key that produced the key event.
+ */
+enum wl_keyboard_key_state {
+ /**
+ * key is not pressed
+ */
+ WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_RELEASED = 0,
+ /**
+ * key is pressed
+ */
+ WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_PRESSED = 1,
+};
+#endif /* WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_STATE_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * @struct wl_keyboard_interface
+ */
+struct wl_keyboard_interface {
+ /**
+ * release the keyboard object
+ *
+ *
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+};
+
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP 0
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_ENTER 1
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_LEAVE 2
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEY 3
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_MODIFIERS 4
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_REPEAT_INFO 5
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_ENTER_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_LEAVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_KEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_MODIFIERS_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_REPEAT_INFO_SINCE_VERSION 4
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ */
+#define WL_KEYBOARD_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * Sends an keymap event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param format keymap format
+ * @param fd keymap file descriptor
+ * @param size keymap size, in bytes
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_keyboard_send_keymap(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t format, int32_t fd, uint32_t size)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_KEYMAP, format, fd, size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * Sends an enter event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the enter event
+ * @param surface surface gaining keyboard focus
+ * @param keys the currently pressed keys
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_keyboard_send_enter(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, struct wl_resource *surface, struct wl_array *keys)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_ENTER, serial, surface, keys);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * Sends an leave event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the leave event
+ * @param surface surface that lost keyboard focus
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_keyboard_send_leave(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, struct wl_resource *surface)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_LEAVE, serial, surface);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * Sends an key event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the key event
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param key key that produced the event
+ * @param state physical state of the key
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_keyboard_send_key(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, uint32_t time, uint32_t key, uint32_t state)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_KEY, serial, time, key, state);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * Sends an modifiers event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the modifiers event
+ * @param mods_depressed depressed modifiers
+ * @param mods_latched latched modifiers
+ * @param mods_locked locked modifiers
+ * @param group keyboard layout
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_keyboard_send_modifiers(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, uint32_t mods_depressed, uint32_t mods_latched, uint32_t mods_locked, uint32_t group)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_MODIFIERS, serial, mods_depressed, mods_latched, mods_locked, group);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_keyboard
+ * Sends an repeat_info event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param rate the rate of repeating keys in characters per second
+ * @param delay delay in milliseconds since key down until repeating starts
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_keyboard_send_repeat_info(struct wl_resource *resource_, int32_t rate, int32_t delay)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_KEYBOARD_REPEAT_INFO, rate, delay);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ * @struct wl_touch_interface
+ */
+struct wl_touch_interface {
+ /**
+ * release the touch object
+ *
+ *
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+};
+
+#define WL_TOUCH_DOWN 0
+#define WL_TOUCH_UP 1
+#define WL_TOUCH_MOTION 2
+#define WL_TOUCH_FRAME 3
+#define WL_TOUCH_CANCEL 4
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_DOWN_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_UP_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_MOTION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_FRAME_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_CANCEL_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ */
+#define WL_TOUCH_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ * Sends an down event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the touch down event
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param surface surface touched
+ * @param id the unique ID of this touch point
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_touch_send_down(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, uint32_t time, struct wl_resource *surface, int32_t id, wl_fixed_t x, wl_fixed_t y)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_DOWN, serial, time, surface, id, x, y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ * Sends an up event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param serial serial number of the touch up event
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param id the unique ID of this touch point
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_touch_send_up(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t serial, uint32_t time, int32_t id)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_UP, serial, time, id);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ * Sends an motion event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param time timestamp with millisecond granularity
+ * @param id the unique ID of this touch point
+ * @param x surface-local x coordinate
+ * @param y surface-local y coordinate
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_touch_send_motion(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t time, int32_t id, wl_fixed_t x, wl_fixed_t y)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_MOTION, time, id, x, y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ * Sends an frame event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_touch_send_frame(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_FRAME);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_touch
+ * Sends an cancel event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_touch_send_cancel(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_TOUCH_CANCEL);
+}
+
+#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM
+#define WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * subpixel geometry information
+ *
+ * This enumeration describes how the physical
+ * pixels on an output are laid out.
+ */
+enum wl_output_subpixel {
+ /**
+ * unknown geometry
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_UNKNOWN = 0,
+ /**
+ * no geometry
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_NONE = 1,
+ /**
+ * horizontal RGB
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_HORIZONTAL_RGB = 2,
+ /**
+ * horizontal BGR
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_HORIZONTAL_BGR = 3,
+ /**
+ * vertical RGB
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_VERTICAL_RGB = 4,
+ /**
+ * vertical BGR
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_VERTICAL_BGR = 5,
+};
+#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_SUBPIXEL_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM
+#define WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * transform from framebuffer to output
+ *
+ * This describes the transform that a compositor will apply to a
+ * surface to compensate for the rotation or mirroring of an
+ * output device.
+ *
+ * The flipped values correspond to an initial flip around a
+ * vertical axis followed by rotation.
+ *
+ * The purpose is mainly to allow clients to render accordingly and
+ * tell the compositor, so that for fullscreen surfaces, the
+ * compositor will still be able to scan out directly from client
+ * surfaces.
+ */
+enum wl_output_transform {
+ /**
+ * no transform
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_NORMAL = 0,
+ /**
+ * 90 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_90 = 1,
+ /**
+ * 180 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_180 = 2,
+ /**
+ * 270 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_270 = 3,
+ /**
+ * 180 degree flip around a vertical axis
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED = 4,
+ /**
+ * flip and rotate 90 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_90 = 5,
+ /**
+ * flip and rotate 180 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_180 = 6,
+ /**
+ * flip and rotate 270 degrees counter-clockwise
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_FLIPPED_270 = 7,
+};
+#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_TRANSFORM_ENUM */
+
+#ifndef WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM
+#define WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * mode information
+ *
+ * These flags describe properties of an output mode.
+ * They are used in the flags bitfield of the mode event.
+ */
+enum wl_output_mode {
+ /**
+ * indicates this is the current mode
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_MODE_CURRENT = 0x1,
+ /**
+ * indicates this is the preferred mode
+ */
+ WL_OUTPUT_MODE_PREFERRED = 0x2,
+};
+#endif /* WL_OUTPUT_MODE_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * @struct wl_output_interface
+ */
+struct wl_output_interface {
+ /**
+ * release the output object
+ *
+ * Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not
+ * going to use the output object anymore.
+ * @since 3
+ */
+ void (*release)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+};
+
+#define WL_OUTPUT_GEOMETRY 0
+#define WL_OUTPUT_MODE 1
+#define WL_OUTPUT_DONE 2
+#define WL_OUTPUT_SCALE 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+#define WL_OUTPUT_GEOMETRY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+#define WL_OUTPUT_MODE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+#define WL_OUTPUT_DONE_SINCE_VERSION 2
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+#define WL_OUTPUT_SCALE_SINCE_VERSION 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ */
+#define WL_OUTPUT_RELEASE_SINCE_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * Sends an geometry event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param x x position within the global compositor space
+ * @param y y position within the global compositor space
+ * @param physical_width width in millimeters of the output
+ * @param physical_height height in millimeters of the output
+ * @param subpixel subpixel orientation of the output
+ * @param make textual description of the manufacturer
+ * @param model textual description of the model
+ * @param transform transform that maps framebuffer to output
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_output_send_geometry(struct wl_resource *resource_, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t physical_width, int32_t physical_height, int32_t subpixel, const char *make, const char *model, int32_t transform)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_OUTPUT_GEOMETRY, x, y, physical_width, physical_height, subpixel, make, model, transform);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * Sends an mode event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param flags bitfield of mode flags
+ * @param width width of the mode in hardware units
+ * @param height height of the mode in hardware units
+ * @param refresh vertical refresh rate in mHz
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_output_send_mode(struct wl_resource *resource_, uint32_t flags, int32_t width, int32_t height, int32_t refresh)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_OUTPUT_MODE, flags, width, height, refresh);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * Sends an done event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_output_send_done(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_OUTPUT_DONE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_output
+ * Sends an scale event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ * @param factor scaling factor of output
+ */
+static inline void
+wl_output_send_scale(struct wl_resource *resource_, int32_t factor)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, WL_OUTPUT_SCALE, factor);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_region
+ * @struct wl_region_interface
+ */
+struct wl_region_interface {
+ /**
+ * destroy region
+ *
+ * Destroy the region. This will invalidate the object ID.
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * add rectangle to region
+ *
+ * Add the specified rectangle to the region.
+ * @param x region-local x coordinate
+ * @param y region-local y coordinate
+ * @param width rectangle width
+ * @param height rectangle height
+ */
+ void (*add)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ int32_t x,
+ int32_t y,
+ int32_t width,
+ int32_t height);
+ /**
+ * subtract rectangle from region
+ *
+ * Subtract the specified rectangle from the region.
+ * @param x region-local x coordinate
+ * @param y region-local y coordinate
+ * @param width rectangle width
+ * @param height rectangle height
+ */
+ void (*subtract)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ int32_t x,
+ int32_t y,
+ int32_t width,
+ int32_t height);
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_region
+ */
+#define WL_REGION_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_region
+ */
+#define WL_REGION_ADD_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_region
+ */
+#define WL_REGION_SUBTRACT_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+#ifndef WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_subcompositor_error {
+ /**
+ * the to-be sub-surface is invalid
+ */
+ WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_BAD_SURFACE = 0,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
+ * @struct wl_subcompositor_interface
+ */
+struct wl_subcompositor_interface {
+ /**
+ * unbind from the subcompositor interface
+ *
+ * Informs the server that the client will not be using this
+ * protocol object anymore. This does not affect any other objects,
+ * wl_subsurface objects included.
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * give a surface the role sub-surface
+ *
+ * Create a sub-surface interface for the given surface, and
+ * associate it with the given parent surface. This turns a plain
+ * wl_surface into a sub-surface.
+ *
+ * The to-be sub-surface must not already have another role, and it
+ * must not have an existing wl_subsurface object. Otherwise a
+ * protocol error is raised.
+ * @param id the new sub-surface object ID
+ * @param surface the surface to be turned into a sub-surface
+ * @param parent the parent surface
+ */
+ void (*get_subsurface)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t id,
+ struct wl_resource *surface,
+ struct wl_resource *parent);
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
+ */
+#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subcompositor
+ */
+#define WL_SUBCOMPOSITOR_GET_SUBSURFACE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+#ifndef WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM
+enum wl_subsurface_error {
+ /**
+ * wl_surface is not a sibling or the parent
+ */
+ WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_BAD_SURFACE = 0,
+};
+#endif /* WL_SUBSURFACE_ERROR_ENUM */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ * @struct wl_subsurface_interface
+ */
+struct wl_subsurface_interface {
+ /**
+ * remove sub-surface interface
+ *
+ * The sub-surface interface is removed from the wl_surface
+ * object that was turned into a sub-surface with a
+ * wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface request. The wl_surface's
+ * association to the parent is deleted, and the wl_surface loses
+ * its role as a sub-surface. The wl_surface is unmapped.
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * reposition the sub-surface
+ *
+ * This schedules a sub-surface position change. The sub-surface
+ * will be moved so that its origin (top left corner pixel) will be
+ * at the location x, y of the parent surface coordinate system.
+ * The coordinates are not restricted to the parent surface area.
+ * Negative values are allowed.
+ *
+ * The scheduled coordinates will take effect whenever the state of
+ * the parent surface is applied. When this happens depends on
+ * whether the parent surface is in synchronized mode or not. See
+ * wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
+ *
+ * If more than one set_position request is invoked by the client
+ * before the commit of the parent surface, the position of a new
+ * request always replaces the scheduled position from any previous
+ * request.
+ *
+ * The initial position is 0, 0.
+ * @param x x coordinate in the parent surface
+ * @param y y coordinate in the parent surface
+ */
+ void (*set_position)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ int32_t x,
+ int32_t y);
+ /**
+ * restack the sub-surface
+ *
+ * This sub-surface is taken from the stack, and put back just
+ * above the reference surface, changing the z-order of the
+ * sub-surfaces. The reference surface must be one of the sibling
+ * surfaces, or the parent surface. Using any other surface,
+ * including this sub-surface, will cause a protocol error.
+ *
+ * The z-order is double-buffered. Requests are handled in order
+ * and applied immediately to a pending state. The final pending
+ * state is copied to the active state the next time the state of
+ * the parent surface is applied. When this happens depends on
+ * whether the parent surface is in synchronized mode or not. See
+ * wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
+ *
+ * A new sub-surface is initially added as the top-most in the
+ * stack of its siblings and parent.
+ * @param sibling the reference surface
+ */
+ void (*place_above)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *sibling);
+ /**
+ * restack the sub-surface
+ *
+ * The sub-surface is placed just below the reference surface.
+ * See wl_subsurface.place_above.
+ * @param sibling the reference surface
+ */
+ void (*place_below)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ struct wl_resource *sibling);
+ /**
+ * set sub-surface to synchronized mode
+ *
+ * Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to synchronized
+ * mode, also described as the parent dependent mode.
+ *
+ * In synchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
+ * accumulate the committed state in a cache, but the state will
+ * not be applied and hence will not change the compositor output.
+ * The cached state is applied to the sub-surface immediately after
+ * the parent surface's state is applied. This ensures atomic
+ * updates of the parent and all its synchronized sub-surfaces.
+ * Applying the cached state will invalidate the cache, so further
+ * parent surface commits do not (re-)apply old state.
+ *
+ * See wl_subsurface for the recursive effect of this mode.
+ */
+ void (*set_sync)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+ /**
+ * set sub-surface to desynchronized mode
+ *
+ * Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to
+ * desynchronized mode, also described as independent or freely
+ * running mode.
+ *
+ * In desynchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
+ * apply the pending state directly, without caching, as happens
+ * normally with a wl_surface. Calling wl_surface.commit on the
+ * parent surface has no effect on the sub-surface's wl_surface
+ * state. This mode allows a sub-surface to be updated on its own.
+ *
+ * If cached state exists when wl_surface.commit is called in
+ * desynchronized mode, the pending state is added to the cached
+ * state, and applied as a whole. This invalidates the cache.
+ *
+ * Note: even if a sub-surface is set to desynchronized, a parent
+ * sub-surface may override it to behave as synchronized. For
+ * details, see wl_subsurface.
+ *
+ * If a surface's parent surface behaves as desynchronized, then
+ * the cached state is applied on set_desync.
+ */
+ void (*set_desync)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_POSITION_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_ABOVE_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_PLACE_BELOW_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_SYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_wl_subsurface
+ */
+#define WL_SUBSURFACE_SET_DESYNC_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<protocol name="wayland">
+
+ <copyright>
+ Copyright © 2008-2011 Kristian Høgsberg
+ Copyright © 2010-2011 Intel Corporation
+ Copyright © 2012-2013 Collabora, Ltd.
+
+ Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ subject to the following conditions:
+
+ The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ portions of the Software.
+
+ THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ SOFTWARE.
+ </copyright>
+
+ <interface name="wl_display" version="1">
+ <description summary="core global object">
+ The core global object. This is a special singleton object. It
+ is used for internal Wayland protocol features.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="sync">
+ <description summary="asynchronous roundtrip">
+ The sync request asks the server to emit the 'done' event
+ on the returned wl_callback object. Since requests are
+ handled in-order and events are delivered in-order, this can
+ be used as a barrier to ensure all previous requests and the
+ resulting events have been handled.
+
+ The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
+ compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client must not
+ attempt to use it after that point.
+
+ The callback_data passed in the callback is the event serial.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="callback" type="new_id" interface="wl_callback"
+ summary="callback object for the sync request"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="get_registry">
+ <description summary="get global registry object">
+ This request creates a registry object that allows the client
+ to list and bind the global objects available from the
+ compositor.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="registry" type="new_id" interface="wl_registry"
+ summary="global registry object"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="error">
+ <description summary="fatal error event">
+ The error event is sent out when a fatal (non-recoverable)
+ error has occurred. The object_id argument is the object
+ where the error occurred, most often in response to a request
+ to that object. The code identifies the error and is defined
+ by the object interface. As such, each interface defines its
+ own set of error codes. The message is a brief description
+ of the error, for (debugging) convenience.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="object_id" type="object" summary="object where the error occurred"/>
+ <arg name="code" type="uint" summary="error code"/>
+ <arg name="message" type="string" summary="error description"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <enum name="error">
+ <description summary="global error values">
+ These errors are global and can be emitted in response to any
+ server request.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="invalid_object" value="0"
+ summary="server couldn't find object"/>
+ <entry name="invalid_method" value="1"
+ summary="method doesn't exist on the specified interface"/>
+ <entry name="no_memory" value="2"
+ summary="server is out of memory"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <event name="delete_id">
+ <description summary="acknowledge object ID deletion">
+ This event is used internally by the object ID management
+ logic. When a client deletes an object, the server will send
+ this event to acknowledge that it has seen the delete request.
+ When the client receives this event, it will know that it can
+ safely reuse the object ID.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="id" type="uint" summary="deleted object ID"/>
+ </event>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_registry" version="1">
+ <description summary="global registry object">
+ The global registry object. The server has a number of global
+ objects that are available to all clients. These objects
+ typically represent an actual object in the server (for example,
+ an input device) or they are singleton objects that provide
+ extension functionality.
+
+ When a client creates a registry object, the registry object
+ will emit a global event for each global currently in the
+ registry. Globals come and go as a result of device or
+ monitor hotplugs, reconfiguration or other events, and the
+ registry will send out global and global_remove events to
+ keep the client up to date with the changes. To mark the end
+ of the initial burst of events, the client can use the
+ wl_display.sync request immediately after calling
+ wl_display.get_registry.
+
+ A client can bind to a global object by using the bind
+ request. This creates a client-side handle that lets the object
+ emit events to the client and lets the client invoke requests on
+ the object.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="bind">
+ <description summary="bind an object to the display">
+ Binds a new, client-created object to the server using the
+ specified name as the identifier.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="name" type="uint" summary="unique numeric name of the object"/>
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" summary="bounded object"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="global">
+ <description summary="announce global object">
+ Notify the client of global objects.
+
+ The event notifies the client that a global object with
+ the given name is now available, and it implements the
+ given version of the given interface.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="name" type="uint" summary="numeric name of the global object"/>
+ <arg name="interface" type="string" summary="interface implemented by the object"/>
+ <arg name="version" type="uint" summary="interface version"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="global_remove">
+ <description summary="announce removal of global object">
+ Notify the client of removed global objects.
+
+ This event notifies the client that the global identified
+ by name is no longer available. If the client bound to
+ the global using the bind request, the client should now
+ destroy that object.
+
+ The object remains valid and requests to the object will be
+ ignored until the client destroys it, to avoid races between
+ the global going away and a client sending a request to it.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="name" type="uint" summary="numeric name of the global object"/>
+ </event>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_callback" version="1">
+ <description summary="callback object">
+ Clients can handle the 'done' event to get notified when
+ the related request is done.
+ </description>
+
+ <event name="done">
+ <description summary="done event">
+ Notify the client when the related request is done.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="callback_data" type="uint" summary="request-specific data for the callback"/>
+ </event>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_compositor" version="4">
+ <description summary="the compositor singleton">
+ A compositor. This object is a singleton global. The
+ compositor is in charge of combining the contents of multiple
+ surfaces into one displayable output.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="create_surface">
+ <description summary="create new surface">
+ Ask the compositor to create a new surface.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_surface" summary="the new surface"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="create_region">
+ <description summary="create new region">
+ Ask the compositor to create a new region.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_region" summary="the new region"/>
+ </request>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_shm_pool" version="1">
+ <description summary="a shared memory pool">
+ The wl_shm_pool object encapsulates a piece of memory shared
+ between the compositor and client. Through the wl_shm_pool
+ object, the client can allocate shared memory wl_buffer objects.
+ All objects created through the same pool share the same
+ underlying mapped memory. Reusing the mapped memory avoids the
+ setup/teardown overhead and is useful when interactively resizing
+ a surface or for many small buffers.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="create_buffer">
+ <description summary="create a buffer from the pool">
+ Create a wl_buffer object from the pool.
+
+ The buffer is created offset bytes into the pool and has
+ width and height as specified. The stride argument specifies
+ the number of bytes from the beginning of one row to the beginning
+ of the next. The format is the pixel format of the buffer and
+ must be one of those advertised through the wl_shm.format event.
+
+ A buffer will keep a reference to the pool it was created from
+ so it is valid to destroy the pool immediately after creating
+ a buffer from it.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_buffer" summary="buffer to create"/>
+ <arg name="offset" type="int" summary="buffer byte offset within the pool"/>
+ <arg name="width" type="int" summary="buffer width, in pixels"/>
+ <arg name="height" type="int" summary="buffer height, in pixels"/>
+ <arg name="stride" type="int" summary="number of bytes from the beginning of one row to the beginning of the next row"/>
+ <arg name="format" type="uint" enum="wl_shm.format" summary="buffer pixel format"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="destroy" type="destructor">
+ <description summary="destroy the pool">
+ Destroy the shared memory pool.
+
+ The mmapped memory will be released when all
+ buffers that have been created from this pool
+ are gone.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="resize">
+ <description summary="change the size of the pool mapping">
+ This request will cause the server to remap the backing memory
+ for the pool from the file descriptor passed when the pool was
+ created, but using the new size. This request can only be
+ used to make the pool bigger.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="size" type="int" summary="new size of the pool, in bytes"/>
+ </request>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_shm" version="1">
+ <description summary="shared memory support">
+ A global singleton object that provides support for shared
+ memory.
+
+ Clients can create wl_shm_pool objects using the create_pool
+ request.
+
+ At connection setup time, the wl_shm object emits one or more
+ format events to inform clients about the valid pixel formats
+ that can be used for buffers.
+ </description>
+
+ <enum name="error">
+ <description summary="wl_shm error values">
+ These errors can be emitted in response to wl_shm requests.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="invalid_format" value="0" summary="buffer format is not known"/>
+ <entry name="invalid_stride" value="1" summary="invalid size or stride during pool or buffer creation"/>
+ <entry name="invalid_fd" value="2" summary="mmapping the file descriptor failed"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <enum name="format">
+ <description summary="pixel formats">
+ This describes the memory layout of an individual pixel.
+
+ All renderers should support argb8888 and xrgb8888 but any other
+ formats are optional and may not be supported by the particular
+ renderer in use.
+
+ The drm format codes match the macros defined in drm_fourcc.h.
+ The formats actually supported by the compositor will be
+ reported by the format event.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="argb8888" value="0" summary="32-bit ARGB format, [31:0] A:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="xrgb8888" value="1" summary="32-bit RGB format, [31:0] x:R:G:B 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="c8" value="0x20203843" summary="8-bit color index format, [7:0] C"/>
+ <entry name="rgb332" value="0x38424752" summary="8-bit RGB format, [7:0] R:G:B 3:3:2"/>
+ <entry name="bgr233" value="0x38524742" summary="8-bit BGR format, [7:0] B:G:R 2:3:3"/>
+ <entry name="xrgb4444" value="0x32315258" summary="16-bit xRGB format, [15:0] x:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="xbgr4444" value="0x32314258" summary="16-bit xBGR format, [15:0] x:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="rgbx4444" value="0x32315852" summary="16-bit RGBx format, [15:0] R:G:B:x 4:4:4:4 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="bgrx4444" value="0x32315842" summary="16-bit BGRx format, [15:0] B:G:R:x 4:4:4:4 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="argb4444" value="0x32315241" summary="16-bit ARGB format, [15:0] A:R:G:B 4:4:4:4 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="abgr4444" value="0x32314241" summary="16-bit ABGR format, [15:0] A:B:G:R 4:4:4:4 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="rgba4444" value="0x32314152" summary="16-bit RBGA format, [15:0] R:G:B:A 4:4:4:4 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="bgra4444" value="0x32314142" summary="16-bit BGRA format, [15:0] B:G:R:A 4:4:4:4 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="xrgb1555" value="0x35315258" summary="16-bit xRGB format, [15:0] x:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="xbgr1555" value="0x35314258" summary="16-bit xBGR 1555 format, [15:0] x:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="rgbx5551" value="0x35315852" summary="16-bit RGBx 5551 format, [15:0] R:G:B:x 5:5:5:1 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="bgrx5551" value="0x35315842" summary="16-bit BGRx 5551 format, [15:0] B:G:R:x 5:5:5:1 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="argb1555" value="0x35315241" summary="16-bit ARGB 1555 format, [15:0] A:R:G:B 1:5:5:5 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="abgr1555" value="0x35314241" summary="16-bit ABGR 1555 format, [15:0] A:B:G:R 1:5:5:5 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="rgba5551" value="0x35314152" summary="16-bit RGBA 5551 format, [15:0] R:G:B:A 5:5:5:1 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="bgra5551" value="0x35314142" summary="16-bit BGRA 5551 format, [15:0] B:G:R:A 5:5:5:1 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="rgb565" value="0x36314752" summary="16-bit RGB 565 format, [15:0] R:G:B 5:6:5 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="bgr565" value="0x36314742" summary="16-bit BGR 565 format, [15:0] B:G:R 5:6:5 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="rgb888" value="0x34324752" summary="24-bit RGB format, [23:0] R:G:B little endian"/>
+ <entry name="bgr888" value="0x34324742" summary="24-bit BGR format, [23:0] B:G:R little endian"/>
+ <entry name="xbgr8888" value="0x34324258" summary="32-bit xBGR format, [31:0] x:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="rgbx8888" value="0x34325852" summary="32-bit RGBx format, [31:0] R:G:B:x 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="bgrx8888" value="0x34325842" summary="32-bit BGRx format, [31:0] B:G:R:x 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="abgr8888" value="0x34324241" summary="32-bit ABGR format, [31:0] A:B:G:R 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="rgba8888" value="0x34324152" summary="32-bit RGBA format, [31:0] R:G:B:A 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="bgra8888" value="0x34324142" summary="32-bit BGRA format, [31:0] B:G:R:A 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="xrgb2101010" value="0x30335258" summary="32-bit xRGB format, [31:0] x:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="xbgr2101010" value="0x30334258" summary="32-bit xBGR format, [31:0] x:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="rgbx1010102" value="0x30335852" summary="32-bit RGBx format, [31:0] R:G:B:x 10:10:10:2 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="bgrx1010102" value="0x30335842" summary="32-bit BGRx format, [31:0] B:G:R:x 10:10:10:2 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="argb2101010" value="0x30335241" summary="32-bit ARGB format, [31:0] A:R:G:B 2:10:10:10 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="abgr2101010" value="0x30334241" summary="32-bit ABGR format, [31:0] A:B:G:R 2:10:10:10 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="rgba1010102" value="0x30334152" summary="32-bit RGBA format, [31:0] R:G:B:A 10:10:10:2 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="bgra1010102" value="0x30334142" summary="32-bit BGRA format, [31:0] B:G:R:A 10:10:10:2 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="yuyv" value="0x56595559" summary="packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Cr0:Y1:Cb0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="yvyu" value="0x55595659" summary="packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Cb0:Y1:Cr0:Y0 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="uyvy" value="0x59565955" summary="packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Y1:Cr0:Y0:Cb0 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="vyuy" value="0x59555956" summary="packed YCbCr format, [31:0] Y1:Cb0:Y0:Cr0 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="ayuv" value="0x56555941" summary="packed AYCbCr format, [31:0] A:Y:Cb:Cr 8:8:8:8 little endian"/>
+ <entry name="nv12" value="0x3231564e" summary="2 plane YCbCr Cr:Cb format, 2x2 subsampled Cr:Cb plane"/>
+ <entry name="nv21" value="0x3132564e" summary="2 plane YCbCr Cb:Cr format, 2x2 subsampled Cb:Cr plane"/>
+ <entry name="nv16" value="0x3631564e" summary="2 plane YCbCr Cr:Cb format, 2x1 subsampled Cr:Cb plane"/>
+ <entry name="nv61" value="0x3136564e" summary="2 plane YCbCr Cb:Cr format, 2x1 subsampled Cb:Cr plane"/>
+ <entry name="yuv410" value="0x39565559" summary="3 plane YCbCr format, 4x4 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes"/>
+ <entry name="yvu410" value="0x39555659" summary="3 plane YCbCr format, 4x4 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes"/>
+ <entry name="yuv411" value="0x31315559" summary="3 plane YCbCr format, 4x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes"/>
+ <entry name="yvu411" value="0x31315659" summary="3 plane YCbCr format, 4x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes"/>
+ <entry name="yuv420" value="0x32315559" summary="3 plane YCbCr format, 2x2 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes"/>
+ <entry name="yvu420" value="0x32315659" summary="3 plane YCbCr format, 2x2 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes"/>
+ <entry name="yuv422" value="0x36315559" summary="3 plane YCbCr format, 2x1 subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes"/>
+ <entry name="yvu422" value="0x36315659" summary="3 plane YCbCr format, 2x1 subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes"/>
+ <entry name="yuv444" value="0x34325559" summary="3 plane YCbCr format, non-subsampled Cb (1) and Cr (2) planes"/>
+ <entry name="yvu444" value="0x34325659" summary="3 plane YCbCr format, non-subsampled Cr (1) and Cb (2) planes"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="create_pool">
+ <description summary="create a shm pool">
+ Create a new wl_shm_pool object.
+
+ The pool can be used to create shared memory based buffer
+ objects. The server will mmap size bytes of the passed file
+ descriptor, to use as backing memory for the pool.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_shm_pool" summary="pool to create"/>
+ <arg name="fd" type="fd" summary="file descriptor for the pool"/>
+ <arg name="size" type="int" summary="pool size, in bytes"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="format">
+ <description summary="pixel format description">
+ Informs the client about a valid pixel format that
+ can be used for buffers. Known formats include
+ argb8888 and xrgb8888.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="format" type="uint" enum="format" summary="buffer pixel format"/>
+ </event>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_buffer" version="1">
+ <description summary="content for a wl_surface">
+ A buffer provides the content for a wl_surface. Buffers are
+ created through factory interfaces such as wl_drm, wl_shm or
+ similar. It has a width and a height and can be attached to a
+ wl_surface, but the mechanism by which a client provides and
+ updates the contents is defined by the buffer factory interface.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="destroy" type="destructor">
+ <description summary="destroy a buffer">
+ Destroy a buffer. If and how you need to release the backing
+ storage is defined by the buffer factory interface.
+
+ For possible side-effects to a surface, see wl_surface.attach.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="release">
+ <description summary="compositor releases buffer">
+ Sent when this wl_buffer is no longer used by the compositor.
+ The client is now free to reuse or destroy this buffer and its
+ backing storage.
+
+ If a client receives a release event before the frame callback
+ requested in the same wl_surface.commit that attaches this
+ wl_buffer to a surface, then the client is immediately free to
+ reuse the buffer and its backing storage, and does not need a
+ second buffer for the next surface content update. Typically
+ this is possible, when the compositor maintains a copy of the
+ wl_surface contents, e.g. as a GL texture. This is an important
+ optimization for GL(ES) compositors with wl_shm clients.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_data_offer" version="3">
+ <description summary="offer to transfer data">
+ A wl_data_offer represents a piece of data offered for transfer
+ by another client (the source client). It is used by the
+ copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop mechanisms. The offer
+ describes the different mime types that the data can be
+ converted to and provides the mechanism for transferring the
+ data directly from the source client.
+ </description>
+
+ <enum name="error">
+ <entry name="invalid_finish" value="0"
+ summary="finish request was called untimely"/>
+ <entry name="invalid_action_mask" value="1"
+ summary="action mask contains invalid values"/>
+ <entry name="invalid_action" value="2"
+ summary="action argument has an invalid value"/>
+ <entry name="invalid_offer" value="3"
+ summary="offer doesn't accept this request"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="accept">
+ <description summary="accept one of the offered mime types">
+ Indicate that the client can accept the given mime type, or
+ NULL for not accepted.
+
+ For objects of version 2 or older, this request is used by the
+ client to give feedback whether the client can receive the given
+ mime type, or NULL if none is accepted; the feedback does not
+ determine whether the drag-and-drop operation succeeds or not.
+
+ For objects of version 3 or newer, this request determines the
+ final result of the drag-and-drop operation. If the end result
+ is that no mime types were accepted, the drag-and-drop operation
+ will be cancelled and the corresponding drag source will receive
+ wl_data_source.cancelled. Clients may still use this event in
+ conjunction with wl_data_source.action for feedback.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the accept request"/>
+ <arg name="mime_type" type="string" allow-null="true" summary="mime type accepted by the client"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="receive">
+ <description summary="request that the data is transferred">
+ To transfer the offered data, the client issues this request
+ and indicates the mime type it wants to receive. The transfer
+ happens through the passed file descriptor (typically created
+ with the pipe system call). The source client writes the data
+ in the mime type representation requested and then closes the
+ file descriptor.
+
+ The receiving client reads from the read end of the pipe until
+ EOF and then closes its end, at which point the transfer is
+ complete.
+
+ This request may happen multiple times for different mime types,
+ both before and after wl_data_device.drop. Drag-and-drop destination
+ clients may preemptively fetch data or examine it more closely to
+ determine acceptance.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="mime_type" type="string" summary="mime type desired by receiver"/>
+ <arg name="fd" type="fd" summary="file descriptor for data transfer"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="destroy" type="destructor">
+ <description summary="destroy data offer">
+ Destroy the data offer.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="offer">
+ <description summary="advertise offered mime type">
+ Sent immediately after creating the wl_data_offer object. One
+ event per offered mime type.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="mime_type" type="string" summary="offered mime type"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <!-- Version 3 additions -->
+
+ <request name="finish" since="3">
+ <description summary="the offer will no longer be used">
+ Notifies the compositor that the drag destination successfully
+ finished the drag-and-drop operation.
+
+ Upon receiving this request, the compositor will emit
+ wl_data_source.dnd_finished on the drag source client.
+
+ It is a client error to perform other requests than
+ wl_data_offer.destroy after this one. It is also an error to perform
+ this request after a NULL mime type has been set in
+ wl_data_offer.accept or no action was received through
+ wl_data_offer.action.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_actions" since="3">
+ <description summary="set the available/preferred drag-and-drop actions">
+ Sets the actions that the destination side client supports for
+ this operation. This request may trigger the emission of
+ wl_data_source.action and wl_data_offer.action events if the compositor
+ needs to change the selected action.
+
+ This request can be called multiple times throughout the
+ drag-and-drop operation, typically in response to wl_data_device.enter
+ or wl_data_device.motion events.
+
+ This request determines the final result of the drag-and-drop
+ operation. If the end result is that no action is accepted,
+ the drag source will receive wl_drag_source.cancelled.
+
+ The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in the
+ wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, and the preferred_action
+ argument must only contain one of those values set, otherwise it
+ will result in a protocol error.
+
+ While managing an "ask" action, the destination drag-and-drop client
+ may perform further wl_data_offer.receive requests, and is expected
+ to perform one last wl_data_offer.set_actions request with a preferred
+ action other than "ask" (and optionally wl_data_offer.accept) before
+ requesting wl_data_offer.finish, in order to convey the action selected
+ by the user. If the preferred action is not in the
+ wl_data_offer.source_actions mask, an error will be raised.
+
+ If the "ask" action is dismissed (e.g. user cancellation), the client
+ is expected to perform wl_data_offer.destroy right away.
+
+ This request can only be made on drag-and-drop offers, a protocol error
+ will be raised otherwise.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="dnd_actions" type="uint" summary="actions supported by the destination client"/>
+ <arg name="preferred_action" type="uint" summary="action preferred by the destination client"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="source_actions" since="3">
+ <description summary="notify the source-side available actions">
+ This event indicates the actions offered by the data source. It
+ will be sent right after wl_data_device.enter, or anytime the source
+ side changes its offered actions through wl_data_source.set_actions.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="source_actions" type="uint" summary="actions offered by the data source"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="action" since="3">
+ <description summary="notify the selected action">
+ This event indicates the action selected by the compositor after
+ matching the source/destination side actions. Only one action (or
+ none) will be offered here.
+
+ This event can be emitted multiple times during the drag-and-drop
+ operation in response to destination side action changes through
+ wl_data_offer.set_actions.
+
+ This event will no longer be emitted after wl_data_device.drop
+ happened on the drag-and-drop destination, the client must
+ honor the last action received, or the last preferred one set
+ through wl_data_offer.set_actions when handling an "ask" action.
+
+ Compositors may also change the selected action on the fly, mainly
+ in response to keyboard modifier changes during the drag-and-drop
+ operation.
+
+ The most recent action received is always the valid one. Prior to
+ receiving wl_data_device.drop, the chosen action may change (e.g.
+ due to keyboard modifiers being pressed). At the time of receiving
+ wl_data_device.drop the drag-and-drop destination must honor the
+ last action received.
+
+ Action changes may still happen after wl_data_device.drop,
+ especially on "ask" actions, where the drag-and-drop destination
+ may choose another action afterwards. Action changes happening
+ at this stage are always the result of inter-client negotiation, the
+ compositor shall no longer be able to induce a different action.
+
+ Upon "ask" actions, it is expected that the drag-and-drop destination
+ may potentially choose a different action and/or mime type,
+ based on wl_data_offer.source_actions and finally chosen by the
+ user (e.g. popping up a menu with the available options). The
+ final wl_data_offer.set_actions and wl_data_offer.accept requests
+ must happen before the call to wl_data_offer.finish.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="dnd_action" type="uint" summary="action selected by the compositor"/>
+ </event>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_data_source" version="3">
+ <description summary="offer to transfer data">
+ The wl_data_source object is the source side of a wl_data_offer.
+ It is created by the source client in a data transfer and
+ provides a way to describe the offered data and a way to respond
+ to requests to transfer the data.
+ </description>
+
+ <enum name="error">
+ <entry name="invalid_action_mask" value="0"
+ summary="action mask contains invalid values"/>
+ <entry name="invalid_source" value="1"
+ summary="source doesn't accept this request"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="offer">
+ <description summary="add an offered mime type">
+ This request adds a mime type to the set of mime types
+ advertised to targets. Can be called several times to offer
+ multiple types.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="mime_type" type="string" summary="mime type offered by the data source"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="destroy" type="destructor">
+ <description summary="destroy the data source">
+ Destroy the data source.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="target">
+ <description summary="a target accepts an offered mime type">
+ Sent when a target accepts pointer_focus or motion events. If
+ a target does not accept any of the offered types, type is NULL.
+
+ Used for feedback during drag-and-drop.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="mime_type" type="string" allow-null="true" summary="mime type accepted by the target"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="send">
+ <description summary="send the data">
+ Request for data from the client. Send the data as the
+ specified mime type over the passed file descriptor, then
+ close it.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="mime_type" type="string" summary="mime type for the data"/>
+ <arg name="fd" type="fd" summary="file descriptor for the data"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="cancelled">
+ <description summary="selection was cancelled">
+ This data source is no longer valid. There are several reasons why
+ this could happen:
+
+ - The data source has been replaced by another data source.
+ - The drag-and-drop operation was performed, but the drop destination
+ did not accept any of the mime types offered through
+ wl_data_source.target.
+ - The drag-and-drop operation was performed, but the drop destination
+ did not select any of the actions present in the mask offered through
+ wl_data_source.action.
+ - The drag-and-drop operation was performed but didn't happen over a
+ surface.
+ - The compositor cancelled the drag-and-drop operation (e.g. compositor
+ dependent timeouts to avoid stale drag-and-drop transfers).
+
+ The client should clean up and destroy this data source.
+
+ For objects of version 2 or older, wl_data_source.cancelled will
+ only be emitted if the data source was replaced by another data
+ source.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+
+ <!-- Version 3 additions -->
+
+ <request name="set_actions" since="3">
+ <description summary="set the available drag-and-drop actions">
+ Sets the actions that the source side client supports for this
+ operation. This request may trigger wl_data_source.action and
+ wl_data_offer.action events if the compositor needs to change the
+ selected action.
+
+ The dnd_actions argument must contain only values expressed in the
+ wl_data_device_manager.dnd_actions enum, otherwise it will result
+ in a protocol error.
+
+ This request must be made once only, and can only be made on sources
+ used in drag-and-drop, so it must be performed before
+ wl_data_device.start_drag. Attempting to use the source other than
+ for drag-and-drop will raise a protocol error.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="dnd_actions" type="uint" summary="actions supported by the data source"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="dnd_drop_performed" since="3">
+ <description summary="the drag-and-drop operation physically finished">
+ The user performed the drop action. This event does not indicate
+ acceptance, wl_data_source.cancelled may still be emitted afterwards
+ if the drop destination does not accept any mime type.
+
+ However, this event might however not be received if the compositor
+ cancelled the drag-and-drop operation before this event could happen.
+
+ Note that the data_source may still be used in the future and should
+ not be destroyed here.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="dnd_finished" since="3">
+ <description summary="the drag-and-drop operation concluded">
+ The drop destination finished interoperating with this data
+ source, so the client is now free to destroy this data source and
+ free all associated data.
+
+ If the action used to perform the operation was "move", the
+ source can now delete the transferred data.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="action" since="3">
+ <description summary="notify the selected action">
+ This event indicates the action selected by the compositor after
+ matching the source/destination side actions. Only one action (or
+ none) will be offered here.
+
+ This event can be emitted multiple times during the drag-and-drop
+ operation, mainly in response to destination side changes through
+ wl_data_offer.set_actions, and as the data device enters/leaves
+ surfaces.
+
+ It is only possible to receive this event after
+ wl_data_source.dnd_drop_performed if the drag-and-drop operation
+ ended in an "ask" action, in which case the final wl_data_source.action
+ event will happen immediately before wl_data_source.dnd_finished.
+
+ Compositors may also change the selected action on the fly, mainly
+ in response to keyboard modifier changes during the drag-and-drop
+ operation.
+
+ The most recent action received is always the valid one. The chosen
+ action may change alongside negotiation (e.g. an "ask" action can turn
+ into a "move" operation), so the effects of the final action must
+ always be applied in wl_data_offer.dnd_finished.
+
+ Clients can trigger cursor surface changes from this point, so
+ they reflect the current action.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="dnd_action" type="uint" summary="action selected by the compositor"/>
+ </event>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_data_device" version="3">
+ <description summary="data transfer device">
+ There is one wl_data_device per seat which can be obtained
+ from the global wl_data_device_manager singleton.
+
+ A wl_data_device provides access to inter-client data transfer
+ mechanisms such as copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop.
+ </description>
+
+ <enum name="error">
+ <entry name="role" value="0" summary="given wl_surface has another role"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="start_drag">
+ <description summary="start drag-and-drop operation">
+ This request asks the compositor to start a drag-and-drop
+ operation on behalf of the client.
+
+ The source argument is the data source that provides the data
+ for the eventual data transfer. If source is NULL, enter, leave
+ and motion events are sent only to the client that initiated the
+ drag and the client is expected to handle the data passing
+ internally.
+
+ The origin surface is the surface where the drag originates and
+ the client must have an active implicit grab that matches the
+ serial.
+
+ The icon surface is an optional (can be NULL) surface that
+ provides an icon to be moved around with the cursor. Initially,
+ the top-left corner of the icon surface is placed at the cursor
+ hotspot, but subsequent wl_surface.attach request can move the
+ relative position. Attach requests must be confirmed with
+ wl_surface.commit as usual. The icon surface is given the role of
+ a drag-and-drop icon. If the icon surface already has another role,
+ it raises a protocol error.
+
+ The current and pending input regions of the icon wl_surface are
+ cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
+ wl_surface is no longer used as the icon surface. When the use
+ as an icon ends, the current and pending input regions become
+ undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="source" type="object" interface="wl_data_source" allow-null="true" summary="data source for the eventual transfer"/>
+ <arg name="origin" type="object" interface="wl_surface" summary="surface where the drag originates"/>
+ <arg name="icon" type="object" interface="wl_surface" allow-null="true" summary="drag-and-drop icon surface"/>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the implicit grab on the origin"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_selection">
+ <description summary="copy data to the selection">
+ This request asks the compositor to set the selection
+ to the data from the source on behalf of the client.
+
+ To unset the selection, set the source to NULL.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="source" type="object" interface="wl_data_source" allow-null="true" summary="data source for the selection"/>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the event that triggered this request"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="data_offer">
+ <description summary="introduce a new wl_data_offer">
+ The data_offer event introduces a new wl_data_offer object,
+ which will subsequently be used in either the
+ data_device.enter event (for drag-and-drop) or the
+ data_device.selection event (for selections). Immediately
+ following the data_device_data_offer event, the new data_offer
+ object will send out data_offer.offer events to describe the
+ mime types it offers.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_data_offer" summary="the new data_offer object"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="enter">
+ <description summary="initiate drag-and-drop session">
+ This event is sent when an active drag-and-drop pointer enters
+ a surface owned by the client. The position of the pointer at
+ enter time is provided by the x and y arguments, in surface-local
+ coordinates.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the enter event"/>
+ <arg name="surface" type="object" interface="wl_surface" summary="client surface entered"/>
+ <arg name="x" type="fixed" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="fixed" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="id" type="object" interface="wl_data_offer" allow-null="true"
+ summary="source data_offer object"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="leave">
+ <description summary="end drag-and-drop session">
+ This event is sent when the drag-and-drop pointer leaves the
+ surface and the session ends. The client must destroy the
+ wl_data_offer introduced at enter time at this point.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="motion">
+ <description summary="drag-and-drop session motion">
+ This event is sent when the drag-and-drop pointer moves within
+ the currently focused surface. The new position of the pointer
+ is provided by the x and y arguments, in surface-local
+ coordinates.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="time" type="uint" summary="timestamp with millisecond granularity"/>
+ <arg name="x" type="fixed" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="fixed" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="drop">
+ <description summary="end drag-and-drop session successfully">
+ The event is sent when a drag-and-drop operation is ended
+ because the implicit grab is removed.
+
+ The drag-and-drop destination is expected to honor the last action
+ received through wl_data_offer.action, if the resulting action is
+ "copy" or "move", the destination can still perform
+ wl_data_offer.receive requests, and is expected to end all
+ transfers with a wl_data_offer.finish request.
+
+ If the resulting action is "ask", the action will not be considered
+ final. The drag-and-drop destination is expected to perform one last
+ wl_data_offer.set_actions request, or wl_data_offer.destroy in order
+ to cancel the operation.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="selection">
+ <description summary="advertise new selection">
+ The selection event is sent out to notify the client of a new
+ wl_data_offer for the selection for this device. The
+ data_device.data_offer and the data_offer.offer events are
+ sent out immediately before this event to introduce the data
+ offer object. The selection event is sent to a client
+ immediately before receiving keyboard focus and when a new
+ selection is set while the client has keyboard focus. The
+ data_offer is valid until a new data_offer or NULL is received
+ or until the client loses keyboard focus. The client must
+ destroy the previous selection data_offer, if any, upon receiving
+ this event.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="id" type="object" interface="wl_data_offer" allow-null="true"
+ summary="selection data_offer object"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <!-- Version 2 additions -->
+
+ <request name="release" type="destructor" since="2">
+ <description summary="destroy data device">
+ This request destroys the data device.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_data_device_manager" version="3">
+ <description summary="data transfer interface">
+ The wl_data_device_manager is a singleton global object that
+ provides access to inter-client data transfer mechanisms such as
+ copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop. These mechanisms are tied to
+ a wl_seat and this interface lets a client get a wl_data_device
+ corresponding to a wl_seat.
+
+ Depending on the version bound, the objects created from the bound
+ wl_data_device_manager object will have different requirements for
+ functioning properly. See wl_data_source.set_actions,
+ wl_data_offer.accept and wl_data_offer.finish for details.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="create_data_source">
+ <description summary="create a new data source">
+ Create a new data source.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_data_source" summary="data source to create"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="get_data_device">
+ <description summary="create a new data device">
+ Create a new data device for a given seat.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_data_device" summary="data device to create"/>
+ <arg name="seat" type="object" interface="wl_seat" summary="seat associated with the data device"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <!-- Version 3 additions -->
+
+ <enum name="dnd_action" bitfield="true" since="3">
+ <description summary="drag and drop actions">
+ This is a bitmask of the available/preferred actions in a
+ drag-and-drop operation.
+
+ In the compositor, the selected action is a result of matching the
+ actions offered by the source and destination sides. "action" events
+ with a "none" action will be sent to both source and destination if
+ there is no match. All further checks will effectively happen on
+ (source actions ∩ destination actions).
+
+ In addition, compositors may also pick different actions in
+ reaction to key modifiers being pressed. One common design that
+ is used in major toolkits (and the behavior recommended for
+ compositors) is:
+
+ - If no modifiers are pressed, the first match (in bit order)
+ will be used.
+ - Pressing Shift selects "move", if enabled in the mask.
+ - Pressing Control selects "copy", if enabled in the mask.
+
+ Behavior beyond that is considered implementation-dependent.
+ Compositors may for example bind other modifiers (like Alt/Meta)
+ or drags initiated with other buttons than BTN_LEFT to specific
+ actions (e.g. "ask").
+ </description>
+ <entry name="none" value="0" summary="no action"/>
+ <entry name="copy" value="1" summary="copy action"/>
+ <entry name="move" value="2" summary="move action"/>
+ <entry name="ask" value="4" summary="ask action"/>
+ </enum>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_shell" version="1">
+ <description summary="create desktop-style surfaces">
+ This interface is implemented by servers that provide
+ desktop-style user interfaces.
+
+ It allows clients to associate a wl_shell_surface with
+ a basic surface.
+ </description>
+
+ <enum name="error">
+ <entry name="role" value="0" summary="given wl_surface has another role"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="get_shell_surface">
+ <description summary="create a shell surface from a surface">
+ Create a shell surface for an existing surface. This gives
+ the wl_surface the role of a shell surface. If the wl_surface
+ already has another role, it raises a protocol error.
+
+ Only one shell surface can be associated with a given surface.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_shell_surface" summary="shell surface to create"/>
+ <arg name="surface" type="object" interface="wl_surface" summary="surface to be given the shell surface role"/>
+ </request>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_shell_surface" version="1">
+ <description summary="desktop-style metadata interface">
+ An interface that may be implemented by a wl_surface, for
+ implementations that provide a desktop-style user interface.
+
+ It provides requests to treat surfaces like toplevel, fullscreen
+ or popup windows, move, resize or maximize them, associate
+ metadata like title and class, etc.
+
+ On the server side the object is automatically destroyed when
+ the related wl_surface is destroyed. On the client side,
+ wl_shell_surface_destroy() must be called before destroying
+ the wl_surface object.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="pong">
+ <description summary="respond to a ping event">
+ A client must respond to a ping event with a pong request or
+ the client may be deemed unresponsive.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the ping event"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="move">
+ <description summary="start an interactive move">
+ Start a pointer-driven move of the surface.
+
+ This request must be used in response to a button press event.
+ The server may ignore move requests depending on the state of
+ the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
+ </description>
+ <arg name="seat" type="object" interface="wl_seat" summary="seat whose pointer is used"/>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the implicit grab on the pointer"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <enum name="resize" bitfield="true">
+ <description summary="edge values for resizing">
+ These values are used to indicate which edge of a surface
+ is being dragged in a resize operation. The server may
+ use this information to adapt its behavior, e.g. choose
+ an appropriate cursor image.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="none" value="0" summary="no edge"/>
+ <entry name="top" value="1" summary="top edge"/>
+ <entry name="bottom" value="2" summary="bottom edge"/>
+ <entry name="left" value="4" summary="left edge"/>
+ <entry name="top_left" value="5" summary="top and left edges"/>
+ <entry name="bottom_left" value="6" summary="bottom and left edges"/>
+ <entry name="right" value="8" summary="right edge"/>
+ <entry name="top_right" value="9" summary="top and right edges"/>
+ <entry name="bottom_right" value="10" summary="bottom and right edges"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="resize">
+ <description summary="start an interactive resize">
+ Start a pointer-driven resizing of the surface.
+
+ This request must be used in response to a button press event.
+ The server may ignore resize requests depending on the state of
+ the surface (e.g. fullscreen or maximized).
+ </description>
+ <arg name="seat" type="object" interface="wl_seat" summary="seat whose pointer is used"/>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the implicit grab on the pointer"/>
+ <arg name="edges" type="uint" enum="resize" summary="which edge or corner is being dragged"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_toplevel">
+ <description summary="make the surface a toplevel surface">
+ Map the surface as a toplevel surface.
+
+ A toplevel surface is not fullscreen, maximized or transient.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <enum name="transient" bitfield="true">
+ <description summary="details of transient behaviour">
+ These flags specify details of the expected behaviour
+ of transient surfaces. Used in the set_transient request.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="inactive" value="0x1" summary="do not set keyboard focus"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="set_transient">
+ <description summary="make the surface a transient surface">
+ Map the surface relative to an existing surface.
+
+ The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
+ corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
+ parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
+
+ The flags argument controls details of the transient behaviour.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="parent" type="object" interface="wl_surface" summary="parent surface"/>
+ <arg name="x" type="int" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="int" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="flags" type="uint" enum="transient" summary="transient surface behavior"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <enum name="fullscreen_method">
+ <description summary="different method to set the surface fullscreen">
+ Hints to indicate to the compositor how to deal with a conflict
+ between the dimensions of the surface and the dimensions of the
+ output. The compositor is free to ignore this parameter.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="default" value="0" summary="no preference, apply default policy"/>
+ <entry name="scale" value="1" summary="scale, preserve the surface's aspect ratio and center on output"/>
+ <entry name="driver" value="2" summary="switch output mode to the smallest mode that can fit the surface, add black borders to compensate size mismatch"/>
+ <entry name="fill" value="3" summary="no upscaling, center on output and add black borders to compensate size mismatch"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="set_fullscreen">
+ <description summary="make the surface a fullscreen surface">
+ Map the surface as a fullscreen surface.
+
+ If an output parameter is given then the surface will be made
+ fullscreen on that output. If the client does not specify the
+ output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
+ choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
+ area.
+
+ The client may specify a method to resolve a size conflict
+ between the output size and the surface size - this is provided
+ through the method parameter.
+
+ The framerate parameter is used only when the method is set
+ to "driver", to indicate the preferred framerate. A value of 0
+ indicates that the client does not care about framerate. The
+ framerate is specified in mHz, that is framerate of 60000 is 60Hz.
+
+ A method of "scale" or "driver" implies a scaling operation of
+ the surface, either via a direct scaling operation or a change of
+ the output mode. This will override any kind of output scaling, so
+ that mapping a surface with a buffer size equal to the mode can
+ fill the screen independent of buffer_scale.
+
+ A method of "fill" means we don't scale up the buffer, however
+ any output scale is applied. This means that you may run into
+ an edge case where the application maps a buffer with the same
+ size of the output mode but buffer_scale 1 (thus making a
+ surface larger than the output). In this case it is allowed to
+ downscale the results to fit the screen.
+
+ The compositor must reply to this request with a configure event
+ with the dimensions for the output on which the surface will
+ be made fullscreen.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="method" type="uint" enum="fullscreen_method" summary="method for resolving size conflict"/>
+ <arg name="framerate" type="uint" summary="framerate in mHz"/>
+ <arg name="output" type="object" interface="wl_output" allow-null="true"
+ summary="output on which the surface is to be fullscreen"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_popup">
+ <description summary="make the surface a popup surface">
+ Map the surface as a popup.
+
+ A popup surface is a transient surface with an added pointer
+ grab.
+
+ An existing implicit grab will be changed to owner-events mode,
+ and the popup grab will continue after the implicit grab ends
+ (i.e. releasing the mouse button does not cause the popup to
+ be unmapped).
+
+ The popup grab continues until the window is destroyed or a
+ mouse button is pressed in any other client's window. A click
+ in any of the client's surfaces is reported as normal, however,
+ clicks in other clients' surfaces will be discarded and trigger
+ the callback.
+
+ The x and y arguments specify the location of the upper left
+ corner of the surface relative to the upper left corner of the
+ parent surface, in surface-local coordinates.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="seat" type="object" interface="wl_seat" summary="seat whose pointer is used"/>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the implicit grab on the pointer"/>
+ <arg name="parent" type="object" interface="wl_surface" summary="parent surface"/>
+ <arg name="x" type="int" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="int" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="flags" type="uint" enum="transient" summary="transient surface behavior"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_maximized">
+ <description summary="make the surface a maximized surface">
+ Map the surface as a maximized surface.
+
+ If an output parameter is given then the surface will be
+ maximized on that output. If the client does not specify the
+ output then the compositor will apply its policy - usually
+ choosing the output on which the surface has the biggest surface
+ area.
+
+ The compositor will reply with a configure event telling
+ the expected new surface size. The operation is completed
+ on the next buffer attach to this surface.
+
+ A maximized surface typically fills the entire output it is
+ bound to, except for desktop elements such as panels. This is
+ the main difference between a maximized shell surface and a
+ fullscreen shell surface.
+
+ The details depend on the compositor implementation.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="output" type="object" interface="wl_output" allow-null="true"
+ summary="output on which the surface is to be maximized"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_title">
+ <description summary="set surface title">
+ Set a short title for the surface.
+
+ This string may be used to identify the surface in a task bar,
+ window list, or other user interface elements provided by the
+ compositor.
+
+ The string must be encoded in UTF-8.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="title" type="string" summary="surface title"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_class">
+ <description summary="set surface class">
+ Set a class for the surface.
+
+ The surface class identifies the general class of applications
+ to which the surface belongs. A common convention is to use the
+ file name (or the full path if it is a non-standard location) of
+ the application's .desktop file as the class.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="class_" type="string" summary="surface class"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="ping">
+ <description summary="ping client">
+ Ping a client to check if it is receiving events and sending
+ requests. A client is expected to reply with a pong request.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the ping"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="configure">
+ <description summary="suggest resize">
+ The configure event asks the client to resize its surface.
+
+ The size is a hint, in the sense that the client is free to
+ ignore it if it doesn't resize, pick a smaller size (to
+ satisfy aspect ratio or resize in steps of NxM pixels).
+
+ The edges parameter provides a hint about how the surface
+ was resized. The client may use this information to decide
+ how to adjust its content to the new size (e.g. a scrolling
+ area might adjust its content position to leave the viewable
+ content unmoved).
+
+ The client is free to dismiss all but the last configure
+ event it received.
+
+ The width and height arguments specify the size of the window
+ in surface-local coordinates.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="edges" type="uint" enum="resize" summary="how the surface was resized"/>
+ <arg name="width" type="int" summary="new width of the surface"/>
+ <arg name="height" type="int" summary="new height of the surface"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="popup_done">
+ <description summary="popup interaction is done">
+ The popup_done event is sent out when a popup grab is broken,
+ that is, when the user clicks a surface that doesn't belong
+ to the client owning the popup surface.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_surface" version="4">
+ <description summary="an onscreen surface">
+ A surface is a rectangular area that is displayed on the screen.
+ It has a location, size and pixel contents.
+
+ The size of a surface (and relative positions on it) is described
+ in surface-local coordinates, which may differ from the buffer
+ coordinates of the pixel content, in case a buffer_transform
+ or a buffer_scale is used.
+
+ A surface without a "role" is fairly useless: a compositor does
+ not know where, when or how to present it. The role is the
+ purpose of a wl_surface. Examples of roles are a cursor for a
+ pointer (as set by wl_pointer.set_cursor), a drag icon
+ (wl_data_device.start_drag), a sub-surface
+ (wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface), and a window as defined by a
+ shell protocol (e.g. wl_shell.get_shell_surface).
+
+ A surface can have only one role at a time. Initially a
+ wl_surface does not have a role. Once a wl_surface is given a
+ role, it is set permanently for the whole lifetime of the
+ wl_surface object. Giving the current role again is allowed,
+ unless explicitly forbidden by the relevant interface
+ specification.
+
+ Surface roles are given by requests in other interfaces such as
+ wl_pointer.set_cursor. The request should explicitly mention
+ that this request gives a role to a wl_surface. Often, this
+ request also creates a new protocol object that represents the
+ role and adds additional functionality to wl_surface. When a
+ client wants to destroy a wl_surface, they must destroy this 'role
+ object' before the wl_surface.
+
+ Destroying the role object does not remove the role from the
+ wl_surface, but it may stop the wl_surface from "playing the role".
+ For instance, if a wl_subsurface object is destroyed, the wl_surface
+ it was created for will be unmapped and forget its position and
+ z-order. It is allowed to create a wl_subsurface for the same
+ wl_surface again, but it is not allowed to use the wl_surface as
+ a cursor (cursor is a different role than sub-surface, and role
+ switching is not allowed).
+ </description>
+
+ <enum name="error">
+ <description summary="wl_surface error values">
+ These errors can be emitted in response to wl_surface requests.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="invalid_scale" value="0" summary="buffer scale value is invalid"/>
+ <entry name="invalid_transform" value="1" summary="buffer transform value is invalid"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="destroy" type="destructor">
+ <description summary="delete surface">
+ Deletes the surface and invalidates its object ID.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="attach">
+ <description summary="set the surface contents">
+ Set a buffer as the content of this surface.
+
+ The new size of the surface is calculated based on the buffer
+ size transformed by the inverse buffer_transform and the
+ inverse buffer_scale. This means that the supplied buffer
+ must be an integer multiple of the buffer_scale.
+
+ The x and y arguments specify the location of the new pending
+ buffer's upper left corner, relative to the current buffer's upper
+ left corner, in surface-local coordinates. In other words, the
+ x and y, combined with the new surface size define in which
+ directions the surface's size changes.
+
+ Surface contents are double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+
+ The initial surface contents are void; there is no content.
+ wl_surface.attach assigns the given wl_buffer as the pending
+ wl_buffer. wl_surface.commit makes the pending wl_buffer the new
+ surface contents, and the size of the surface becomes the size
+ calculated from the wl_buffer, as described above. After commit,
+ there is no pending buffer until the next attach.
+
+ Committing a pending wl_buffer allows the compositor to read the
+ pixels in the wl_buffer. The compositor may access the pixels at
+ any time after the wl_surface.commit request. When the compositor
+ will not access the pixels anymore, it will send the
+ wl_buffer.release event. Only after receiving wl_buffer.release,
+ the client may reuse the wl_buffer. A wl_buffer that has been
+ attached and then replaced by another attach instead of committed
+ will not receive a release event, and is not used by the
+ compositor.
+
+ Destroying the wl_buffer after wl_buffer.release does not change
+ the surface contents. However, if the client destroys the
+ wl_buffer before receiving the wl_buffer.release event, the surface
+ contents become undefined immediately.
+
+ If wl_surface.attach is sent with a NULL wl_buffer, the
+ following wl_surface.commit will remove the surface content.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="buffer" type="object" interface="wl_buffer" allow-null="true"
+ summary="buffer of surface contents"/>
+ <arg name="x" type="int" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="int" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="damage">
+ <description summary="mark part of the surface damaged">
+ This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
+ buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
+ the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
+ ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the surface.
+
+ Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+
+ The damage rectangle is specified in surface-local coordinates,
+ where x and y specify the upper left corner of the damage rectangle.
+
+ The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
+ wl_surface.damage adds pending damage: the new pending damage
+ is the union of old pending damage and the given rectangle.
+
+ wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
+ and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
+ damage as it repaints the surface.
+
+ Alternatively, damage can be posted with wl_surface.damage_buffer
+ which uses buffer coordinates instead of surface coordinates,
+ and is probably the preferred and intuitive way of doing this.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="x" type="int" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="int" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="width" type="int" summary="width of damage rectangle"/>
+ <arg name="height" type="int" summary="height of damage rectangle"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="frame">
+ <description summary="request a frame throttling hint">
+ Request a notification when it is a good time to start drawing a new
+ frame, by creating a frame callback. This is useful for throttling
+ redrawing operations, and driving animations.
+
+ When a client is animating on a wl_surface, it can use the 'frame'
+ request to get notified when it is a good time to draw and commit the
+ next frame of animation. If the client commits an update earlier than
+ that, it is likely that some updates will not make it to the display,
+ and the client is wasting resources by drawing too often.
+
+ The frame request will take effect on the next wl_surface.commit.
+ The notification will only be posted for one frame unless
+ requested again. For a wl_surface, the notifications are posted in
+ the order the frame requests were committed.
+
+ The server must send the notifications so that a client
+ will not send excessive updates, while still allowing
+ the highest possible update rate for clients that wait for the reply
+ before drawing again. The server should give some time for the client
+ to draw and commit after sending the frame callback events to let it
+ hit the next output refresh.
+
+ A server should avoid signaling the frame callbacks if the
+ surface is not visible in any way, e.g. the surface is off-screen,
+ or completely obscured by other opaque surfaces.
+
+ The object returned by this request will be destroyed by the
+ compositor after the callback is fired and as such the client must not
+ attempt to use it after that point.
+
+ The callback_data passed in the callback is the current time, in
+ milliseconds, with an undefined base.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="callback" type="new_id" interface="wl_callback" summary="callback object for the frame request"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_opaque_region">
+ <description summary="set opaque region">
+ This request sets the region of the surface that contains
+ opaque content.
+
+ The opaque region is an optimization hint for the compositor
+ that lets it optimize the redrawing of content behind opaque
+ regions. Setting an opaque region is not required for correct
+ behaviour, but marking transparent content as opaque will result
+ in repaint artifacts.
+
+ The opaque region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
+
+ The compositor ignores the parts of the opaque region that fall
+ outside of the surface.
+
+ Opaque region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+
+ wl_surface.set_opaque_region changes the pending opaque region.
+ wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current region.
+ Otherwise, the pending and current regions are never changed.
+
+ The initial value for an opaque region is empty. Setting the pending
+ opaque region has copy semantics, and the wl_region object can be
+ destroyed immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the pending opaque
+ region to be set to empty.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="region" type="object" interface="wl_region" allow-null="true"
+ summary="opaque region of the surface"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_input_region">
+ <description summary="set input region">
+ This request sets the region of the surface that can receive
+ pointer and touch events.
+
+ Input events happening outside of this region will try the next
+ surface in the server surface stack. The compositor ignores the
+ parts of the input region that fall outside of the surface.
+
+ The input region is specified in surface-local coordinates.
+
+ Input region is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+
+ wl_surface.set_input_region changes the pending input region.
+ wl_surface.commit copies the pending region to the current region.
+ Otherwise the pending and current regions are never changed,
+ except cursor and icon surfaces are special cases, see
+ wl_pointer.set_cursor and wl_data_device.start_drag.
+
+ The initial value for an input region is infinite. That means the
+ whole surface will accept input. Setting the pending input region
+ has copy semantics, and the wl_region object can be destroyed
+ immediately. A NULL wl_region causes the input region to be set
+ to infinite.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="region" type="object" interface="wl_region" allow-null="true"
+ summary="input region of the surface"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="commit">
+ <description summary="commit pending surface state">
+ Surface state (input, opaque, and damage regions, attached buffers,
+ etc.) is double-buffered. Protocol requests modify the pending state,
+ as opposed to the current state in use by the compositor. A commit
+ request atomically applies all pending state, replacing the current
+ state. After commit, the new pending state is as documented for each
+ related request.
+
+ On commit, a pending wl_buffer is applied first, and all other state
+ second. This means that all coordinates in double-buffered state are
+ relative to the new wl_buffer coming into use, except for
+ wl_surface.attach itself. If there is no pending wl_buffer, the
+ coordinates are relative to the current surface contents.
+
+ All requests that need a commit to become effective are documented
+ to affect double-buffered state.
+
+ Other interfaces may add further double-buffered surface state.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="enter">
+ <description summary="surface enters an output">
+ This is emitted whenever a surface's creation, movement, or resizing
+ results in some part of it being within the scanout region of an
+ output.
+
+ Note that a surface may be overlapping with zero or more outputs.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="output" type="object" interface="wl_output" summary="output entered by the surface"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="leave">
+ <description summary="surface leaves an output">
+ This is emitted whenever a surface's creation, movement, or resizing
+ results in it no longer having any part of it within the scanout region
+ of an output.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="output" type="object" interface="wl_output" summary="output left by the surface"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <!-- Version 2 additions -->
+
+ <request name="set_buffer_transform" since="2">
+ <description summary="sets the buffer transformation">
+ This request sets an optional transformation on how the compositor
+ interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the surface. The
+ accepted values for the transform parameter are the values for
+ wl_output.transform.
+
+ Buffer transform is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+
+ A newly created surface has its buffer transformation set to normal.
+
+ wl_surface.set_buffer_transform changes the pending buffer
+ transformation. wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer
+ transformation to the current one. Otherwise, the pending and current
+ values are never changed.
+
+ The purpose of this request is to allow clients to render content
+ according to the output transform, thus permitting the compositor to
+ use certain optimizations even if the display is rotated. Using
+ hardware overlays and scanning out a client buffer for fullscreen
+ surfaces are examples of such optimizations. Those optimizations are
+ highly dependent on the compositor implementation, so the use of this
+ request should be considered on a case-by-case basis.
+
+ Note that if the transform value includes 90 or 270 degree rotation,
+ the width of the buffer will become the surface height and the height
+ of the buffer will become the surface width.
+
+ If transform is not one of the values from the
+ wl_output.transform enum the invalid_transform protocol error
+ is raised.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="transform" type="int" enum="wl_output.transform"
+ summary="transform for interpreting buffer contents"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <!-- Version 3 additions -->
+
+ <request name="set_buffer_scale" since="3">
+ <description summary="sets the buffer scaling factor">
+ This request sets an optional scaling factor on how the compositor
+ interprets the contents of the buffer attached to the window.
+
+ Buffer scale is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+
+ A newly created surface has its buffer scale set to 1.
+
+ wl_surface.set_buffer_scale changes the pending buffer scale.
+ wl_surface.commit copies the pending buffer scale to the current one.
+ Otherwise, the pending and current values are never changed.
+
+ The purpose of this request is to allow clients to supply higher
+ resolution buffer data for use on high resolution outputs. It is
+ intended that you pick the same buffer scale as the scale of the
+ output that the surface is displayed on. This means the compositor
+ can avoid scaling when rendering the surface on that output.
+
+ Note that if the scale is larger than 1, then you have to attach
+ a buffer that is larger (by a factor of scale in each dimension)
+ than the desired surface size.
+
+ If scale is not positive the invalid_scale protocol error is
+ raised.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="scale" type="int"
+ summary="positive scale for interpreting buffer contents"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <!-- Version 4 additions -->
+ <request name="damage_buffer" since="4">
+ <description summary="mark part of the surface damaged using buffer coordinates">
+ This request is used to describe the regions where the pending
+ buffer is different from the current surface contents, and where
+ the surface therefore needs to be repainted. The compositor
+ ignores the parts of the damage that fall outside of the surface.
+
+ Damage is double-buffered state, see wl_surface.commit.
+
+ The damage rectangle is specified in buffer coordinates,
+ where x and y specify the upper left corner of the damage rectangle.
+
+ The initial value for pending damage is empty: no damage.
+ wl_surface.damage_buffer adds pending damage: the new pending
+ damage is the union of old pending damage and the given rectangle.
+
+ wl_surface.commit assigns pending damage as the current damage,
+ and clears pending damage. The server will clear the current
+ damage as it repaints the surface.
+
+ This request differs from wl_surface.damage in only one way - it
+ takes damage in buffer coordinates instead of surface-local
+ coordinates. While this generally is more intuitive than surface
+ coordinates, it is especially desirable when using wp_viewport
+ or when a drawing library (like EGL) is unaware of buffer scale
+ and buffer transform.
+
+ Note: Because buffer transformation changes and damage requests may
+ be interleaved in the protocol stream, it is impossible to determine
+ the actual mapping between surface and buffer damage until
+ wl_surface.commit time. Therefore, compositors wishing to take both
+ kinds of damage into account will have to accumulate damage from the
+ two requests separately and only transform from one to the other
+ after receiving the wl_surface.commit.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="x" type="int" summary="buffer-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="int" summary="buffer-local y coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="width" type="int" summary="width of damage rectangle"/>
+ <arg name="height" type="int" summary="height of damage rectangle"/>
+ </request>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_seat" version="5">
+ <description summary="group of input devices">
+ A seat is a group of keyboards, pointer and touch devices. This
+ object is published as a global during start up, or when such a
+ device is hot plugged. A seat typically has a pointer and
+ maintains a keyboard focus and a pointer focus.
+ </description>
+
+ <enum name="capability" bitfield="true">
+ <description summary="seat capability bitmask">
+ This is a bitmask of capabilities this seat has; if a member is
+ set, then it is present on the seat.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="pointer" value="1" summary="the seat has pointer devices"/>
+ <entry name="keyboard" value="2" summary="the seat has one or more keyboards"/>
+ <entry name="touch" value="4" summary="the seat has touch devices"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <event name="capabilities">
+ <description summary="seat capabilities changed">
+ This is emitted whenever a seat gains or loses the pointer,
+ keyboard or touch capabilities. The argument is a capability
+ enum containing the complete set of capabilities this seat has.
+
+ When the pointer capability is added, a client may create a
+ wl_pointer object using the wl_seat.get_pointer request. This object
+ will receive pointer events until the capability is removed in the
+ future.
+
+ When the pointer capability is removed, a client should destroy the
+ wl_pointer objects associated with the seat where the capability was
+ removed, using the wl_pointer.release request. No further pointer
+ events will be received on these objects.
+
+ In some compositors, if a seat regains the pointer capability and a
+ client has a previously obtained wl_pointer object of version 4 or
+ less, that object may start sending pointer events again. This
+ behavior is considered a misinterpretation of the intended behavior
+ and must not be relied upon by the client. wl_pointer objects of
+ version 5 or later must not send events if created before the most
+ recent event notifying the client of an added pointer capability.
+
+ The above behavior also applies to wl_keyboard and wl_touch with the
+ keyboard and touch capabilities, respectively.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="capabilities" type="uint" enum="capability" summary="capabilities of the seat"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <request name="get_pointer">
+ <description summary="return pointer object">
+ The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_pointer interface
+ for this seat.
+
+ This request only takes effect if the seat has the pointer
+ capability, or has had the pointer capability in the past.
+ It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
+ never had the pointer capability.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_pointer" summary="seat pointer"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="get_keyboard">
+ <description summary="return keyboard object">
+ The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_keyboard interface
+ for this seat.
+
+ This request only takes effect if the seat has the keyboard
+ capability, or has had the keyboard capability in the past.
+ It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
+ never had the keyboard capability.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_keyboard" summary="seat keyboard"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="get_touch">
+ <description summary="return touch object">
+ The ID provided will be initialized to the wl_touch interface
+ for this seat.
+
+ This request only takes effect if the seat has the touch
+ capability, or has had the touch capability in the past.
+ It is a protocol violation to issue this request on a seat that has
+ never had the touch capability.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_touch" summary="seat touch interface"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <!-- Version 2 additions -->
+
+ <event name="name" since="2">
+ <description summary="unique identifier for this seat">
+ In a multiseat configuration this can be used by the client to help
+ identify which physical devices the seat represents. Based on
+ the seat configuration used by the compositor.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="name" type="string" summary="seat identifier"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <!-- Version 5 additions -->
+
+ <request name="release" type="destructor" since="5">
+ <description summary="release the seat object">
+ Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
+ use the seat object anymore.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_pointer" version="5">
+ <description summary="pointer input device">
+ The wl_pointer interface represents one or more input devices,
+ such as mice, which control the pointer location and pointer_focus
+ of a seat.
+
+ The wl_pointer interface generates motion, enter and leave
+ events for the surfaces that the pointer is located over,
+ and button and axis events for button presses, button releases
+ and scrolling.
+ </description>
+
+ <enum name="error">
+ <entry name="role" value="0" summary="given wl_surface has another role"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="set_cursor">
+ <description summary="set the pointer surface">
+ Set the pointer surface, i.e., the surface that contains the
+ pointer image (cursor). This request gives the surface the role
+ of a cursor. If the surface already has another role, it raises
+ a protocol error.
+
+ The cursor actually changes only if the pointer
+ focus for this device is one of the requesting client's surfaces
+ or the surface parameter is the current pointer surface. If
+ there was a previous surface set with this request it is
+ replaced. If surface is NULL, the pointer image is hidden.
+
+ The parameters hotspot_x and hotspot_y define the position of
+ the pointer surface relative to the pointer location. Its
+ top-left corner is always at (x, y) - (hotspot_x, hotspot_y),
+ where (x, y) are the coordinates of the pointer location, in
+ surface-local coordinates.
+
+ On surface.attach requests to the pointer surface, hotspot_x
+ and hotspot_y are decremented by the x and y parameters
+ passed to the request. Attach must be confirmed by
+ wl_surface.commit as usual.
+
+ The hotspot can also be updated by passing the currently set
+ pointer surface to this request with new values for hotspot_x
+ and hotspot_y.
+
+ The current and pending input regions of the wl_surface are
+ cleared, and wl_surface.set_input_region is ignored until the
+ wl_surface is no longer used as the cursor. When the use as a
+ cursor ends, the current and pending input regions become
+ undefined, and the wl_surface is unmapped.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the enter event"/>
+ <arg name="surface" type="object" interface="wl_surface" allow-null="true"
+ summary="pointer surface"/>
+ <arg name="hotspot_x" type="int" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="hotspot_y" type="int" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <event name="enter">
+ <description summary="enter event">
+ Notification that this seat's pointer is focused on a certain
+ surface.
+
+ When a seat's focus enters a surface, the pointer image
+ is undefined and a client should respond to this event by setting
+ an appropriate pointer image with the set_cursor request.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the enter event"/>
+ <arg name="surface" type="object" interface="wl_surface" summary="surface entered by the pointer"/>
+ <arg name="surface_x" type="fixed" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="surface_y" type="fixed" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="leave">
+ <description summary="leave event">
+ Notification that this seat's pointer is no longer focused on
+ a certain surface.
+
+ The leave notification is sent before the enter notification
+ for the new focus.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the leave event"/>
+ <arg name="surface" type="object" interface="wl_surface" summary="surface left by the pointer"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="motion">
+ <description summary="pointer motion event">
+ Notification of pointer location change. The arguments
+ surface_x and surface_y are the location relative to the
+ focused surface.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="time" type="uint" summary="timestamp with millisecond granularity"/>
+ <arg name="surface_x" type="fixed" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="surface_y" type="fixed" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <enum name="button_state">
+ <description summary="physical button state">
+ Describes the physical state of a button that produced the button
+ event.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="released" value="0" summary="the button is not pressed"/>
+ <entry name="pressed" value="1" summary="the button is pressed"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <event name="button">
+ <description summary="pointer button event">
+ Mouse button click and release notifications.
+
+ The location of the click is given by the last motion or
+ enter event.
+ The time argument is a timestamp with millisecond
+ granularity, with an undefined base.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the button event"/>
+ <arg name="time" type="uint" summary="timestamp with millisecond granularity"/>
+ <arg name="button" type="uint" summary="button that produced the event"/>
+ <arg name="state" type="uint" enum="button_state" summary="physical state of the button"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <enum name="axis">
+ <description summary="axis types">
+ Describes the axis types of scroll events.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="vertical_scroll" value="0" summary="vertical axis"/>
+ <entry name="horizontal_scroll" value="1" summary="horizontal axis"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <event name="axis">
+ <description summary="axis event">
+ Scroll and other axis notifications.
+
+ For scroll events (vertical and horizontal scroll axes), the
+ value parameter is the length of a vector along the specified
+ axis in a coordinate space identical to those of motion events,
+ representing a relative movement along the specified axis.
+
+ For devices that support movements non-parallel to axes multiple
+ axis events will be emitted.
+
+ When applicable, for example for touch pads, the server can
+ choose to emit scroll events where the motion vector is
+ equivalent to a motion event vector.
+
+ When applicable, a client can transform its content relative to the
+ scroll distance.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="time" type="uint" summary="timestamp with millisecond granularity"/>
+ <arg name="axis" type="uint" enum="axis" summary="axis type"/>
+ <arg name="value" type="fixed" summary="length of vector in surface-local coordinate space"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <!-- Version 3 additions -->
+
+ <request name="release" type="destructor" since="3">
+ <description summary="release the pointer object">
+ Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
+ use the pointer object anymore.
+
+ This request destroys the pointer proxy object, so clients must not call
+ wl_pointer_destroy() after using this request.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <!-- Version 5 additions -->
+
+ <event name="frame" since="5">
+ <description summary="end of a pointer event sequence">
+ Indicates the end of a set of events that logically belong together.
+ A client is expected to accumulate the data in all events within the
+ frame before proceeding.
+
+ All wl_pointer events before a wl_pointer.frame event belong
+ logically together. For example, in a diagonal scroll motion the
+ compositor will send an optional wl_pointer.axis_source event, two
+ wl_pointer.axis events (horizontal and vertical) and finally a
+ wl_pointer.frame event. The client may use this information to
+ calculate a diagonal vector for scrolling.
+
+ When multiple wl_pointer.axis events occur within the same frame,
+ the motion vector is the combined motion of all events.
+ When a wl_pointer.axis and a wl_pointer.axis_stop event occur within
+ the same frame, this indicates that axis movement in one axis has
+ stopped but continues in the other axis.
+ When multiple wl_pointer.axis_stop events occur within the same
+ frame, this indicates that these axes stopped in the same instance.
+
+ A wl_pointer.frame event is sent for every logical event group,
+ even if the group only contains a single wl_pointer event.
+ Specifically, a client may get a sequence: motion, frame, button,
+ frame, axis, frame, axis_stop, frame.
+
+ The wl_pointer.enter and wl_pointer.leave events are logical events
+ generated by the compositor and not the hardware. These events are
+ also grouped by a wl_pointer.frame. When a pointer moves from one
+ surface to another, a compositor should group the
+ wl_pointer.leave event within the same wl_pointer.frame.
+ However, a client must not rely on wl_pointer.leave and
+ wl_pointer.enter being in the same wl_pointer.frame.
+ Compositor-specific policies may require the wl_pointer.leave and
+ wl_pointer.enter event being split across multiple wl_pointer.frame
+ groups.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+
+ <enum name="axis_source">
+ <description summary="axis source types">
+ Describes the source types for axis events. This indicates to the
+ client how an axis event was physically generated; a client may
+ adjust the user interface accordingly. For example, scroll events
+ from a "finger" source may be in a smooth coordinate space with
+ kinetic scrolling whereas a "wheel" source may be in discrete steps
+ of a number of lines.
+
+ The "continuous" axis source is a device generating events in a
+ continuous coordinate space, but using something other than a
+ finger. One example for this source is button-based scrolling where
+ the vertical motion of a device is converted to scroll events while
+ a button is held down.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="wheel" value="0" summary="a physical wheel" />
+ <entry name="finger" value="1" summary="finger on a touch surface" />
+ <entry name="continuous" value="2" summary="continuous coordinate space"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <event name="axis_source" since="5">
+ <description summary="axis source event">
+ Source information for scroll and other axes.
+
+ This event does not occur on its own. It is sent before a
+ wl_pointer.frame event and carries the source information for
+ all events within that frame.
+
+ The source specifies how this event was generated. If the source is
+ wl_pointer.axis_source.finger, a wl_pointer.axis_stop event will be
+ sent when the user lifts the finger off the device.
+
+ If the source is wl_pointer axis_source.wheel or
+ wl_pointer.axis_source.continuous, a wl_pointer.axis_stop event may
+ or may not be sent. Whether a compositor sends an axis_stop event
+ for these sources is hardware-specific and implementation-dependent;
+ clients must not rely on receiving an axis_stop event for these
+ scroll sources and should treat scroll sequences from these scroll
+ sources as unterminated by default.
+
+ This event is optional. If the source is unknown for a particular
+ axis event sequence, no event is sent.
+ Only one wl_pointer.axis_source event is permitted per frame.
+
+ The order of wl_pointer.axis_discrete and wl_pointer.axis_source is
+ not guaranteed.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="axis_source" type="uint" enum="axis_source" summary="source of the axis event"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="axis_stop" since="5">
+ <description summary="axis stop event">
+ Stop notification for scroll and other axes.
+
+ For some wl_pointer.axis_source types, a wl_pointer.axis_stop event
+ is sent to notify a client that the axis sequence has terminated.
+ This enables the client to implement kinetic scrolling.
+ See the wl_pointer.axis_source documentation for information on when
+ this event may be generated.
+
+ Any wl_pointer.axis events with the same axis_source after this
+ event should be considered as the start of a new axis motion.
+
+ The timestamp is to be interpreted identical to the timestamp in the
+ wl_pointer.axis event. The timestamp value may be the same as a
+ preceding wl_pointer.axis event.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="time" type="uint" summary="timestamp with millisecond granularity"/>
+ <arg name="axis" type="uint" enum="axis" summary="the axis stopped with this event"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="axis_discrete" since="5">
+ <description summary="axis click event">
+ Discrete step information for scroll and other axes.
+
+ This event carries the axis value of the wl_pointer.axis event in
+ discrete steps (e.g. mouse wheel clicks).
+
+ This event does not occur on its own, it is coupled with a
+ wl_pointer.axis event that represents this axis value on a
+ continuous scale. The protocol guarantees that each axis_discrete
+ event is always followed by exactly one axis event with the same
+ axis number within the same wl_pointer.frame. Note that the protocol
+ allows for other events to occur between the axis_discrete and
+ its coupled axis event, including other axis_discrete or axis
+ events.
+
+ This event is optional; continuous scrolling devices
+ like two-finger scrolling on touchpads do not have discrete
+ steps and do not generate this event.
+
+ The discrete value carries the directional information. e.g. a value
+ of -2 is two steps towards the negative direction of this axis.
+
+ The axis number is identical to the axis number in the associated
+ axis event.
+
+ The order of wl_pointer.axis_discrete and wl_pointer.axis_source is
+ not guaranteed.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="axis" type="uint" enum="axis" summary="axis type"/>
+ <arg name="discrete" type="int" summary="number of steps"/>
+ </event>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_keyboard" version="5">
+ <description summary="keyboard input device">
+ The wl_keyboard interface represents one or more keyboards
+ associated with a seat.
+ </description>
+
+ <enum name="keymap_format">
+ <description summary="keyboard mapping format">
+ This specifies the format of the keymap provided to the
+ client with the wl_keyboard.keymap event.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="no_keymap" value="0"
+ summary="no keymap; client must understand how to interpret the raw keycode"/>
+ <entry name="xkb_v1" value="1"
+ summary="libxkbcommon compatible; to determine the xkb keycode, clients must add 8 to the key event keycode"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <event name="keymap">
+ <description summary="keyboard mapping">
+ This event provides a file descriptor to the client which can be
+ memory-mapped to provide a keyboard mapping description.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="format" type="uint" enum="keymap_format" summary="keymap format"/>
+ <arg name="fd" type="fd" summary="keymap file descriptor"/>
+ <arg name="size" type="uint" summary="keymap size, in bytes"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="enter">
+ <description summary="enter event">
+ Notification that this seat's keyboard focus is on a certain
+ surface.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the enter event"/>
+ <arg name="surface" type="object" interface="wl_surface" summary="surface gaining keyboard focus"/>
+ <arg name="keys" type="array" summary="the currently pressed keys"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="leave">
+ <description summary="leave event">
+ Notification that this seat's keyboard focus is no longer on
+ a certain surface.
+
+ The leave notification is sent before the enter notification
+ for the new focus.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the leave event"/>
+ <arg name="surface" type="object" interface="wl_surface" summary="surface that lost keyboard focus"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <enum name="key_state">
+ <description summary="physical key state">
+ Describes the physical state of a key that produced the key event.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="released" value="0" summary="key is not pressed"/>
+ <entry name="pressed" value="1" summary="key is pressed"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <event name="key">
+ <description summary="key event">
+ A key was pressed or released.
+ The time argument is a timestamp with millisecond
+ granularity, with an undefined base.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the key event"/>
+ <arg name="time" type="uint" summary="timestamp with millisecond granularity"/>
+ <arg name="key" type="uint" summary="key that produced the event"/>
+ <arg name="state" type="uint" enum="key_state" summary="physical state of the key"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="modifiers">
+ <description summary="modifier and group state">
+ Notifies clients that the modifier and/or group state has
+ changed, and it should update its local state.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the modifiers event"/>
+ <arg name="mods_depressed" type="uint" summary="depressed modifiers"/>
+ <arg name="mods_latched" type="uint" summary="latched modifiers"/>
+ <arg name="mods_locked" type="uint" summary="locked modifiers"/>
+ <arg name="group" type="uint" summary="keyboard layout"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <!-- Version 3 additions -->
+
+ <request name="release" type="destructor" since="3">
+ <description summary="release the keyboard object"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <!-- Version 4 additions -->
+
+ <event name="repeat_info" since="4">
+ <description summary="repeat rate and delay">
+ Informs the client about the keyboard's repeat rate and delay.
+
+ This event is sent as soon as the wl_keyboard object has been created,
+ and is guaranteed to be received by the client before any key press
+ event.
+
+ Negative values for either rate or delay are illegal. A rate of zero
+ will disable any repeating (regardless of the value of delay).
+
+ This event can be sent later on as well with a new value if necessary,
+ so clients should continue listening for the event past the creation
+ of wl_keyboard.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="rate" type="int"
+ summary="the rate of repeating keys in characters per second"/>
+ <arg name="delay" type="int"
+ summary="delay in milliseconds since key down until repeating starts"/>
+ </event>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_touch" version="5">
+ <description summary="touchscreen input device">
+ The wl_touch interface represents a touchscreen
+ associated with a seat.
+
+ Touch interactions can consist of one or more contacts.
+ For each contact, a series of events is generated, starting
+ with a down event, followed by zero or more motion events,
+ and ending with an up event. Events relating to the same
+ contact point can be identified by the ID of the sequence.
+ </description>
+
+ <event name="down">
+ <description summary="touch down event and beginning of a touch sequence">
+ A new touch point has appeared on the surface. This touch point is
+ assigned a unique ID. Future events from this touch point reference
+ this ID. The ID ceases to be valid after a touch up event and may be
+ reused in the future.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the touch down event"/>
+ <arg name="time" type="uint" summary="timestamp with millisecond granularity"/>
+ <arg name="surface" type="object" interface="wl_surface" summary="surface touched"/>
+ <arg name="id" type="int" summary="the unique ID of this touch point"/>
+ <arg name="x" type="fixed" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="fixed" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="up">
+ <description summary="end of a touch event sequence">
+ The touch point has disappeared. No further events will be sent for
+ this touch point and the touch point's ID is released and may be
+ reused in a future touch down event.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="serial" type="uint" summary="serial number of the touch up event"/>
+ <arg name="time" type="uint" summary="timestamp with millisecond granularity"/>
+ <arg name="id" type="int" summary="the unique ID of this touch point"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="motion">
+ <description summary="update of touch point coordinates">
+ A touch point has changed coordinates.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="time" type="uint" summary="timestamp with millisecond granularity"/>
+ <arg name="id" type="int" summary="the unique ID of this touch point"/>
+ <arg name="x" type="fixed" summary="surface-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="fixed" summary="surface-local y coordinate"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="frame">
+ <description summary="end of touch frame event">
+ Indicates the end of a contact point list.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="cancel">
+ <description summary="touch session cancelled">
+ Sent if the compositor decides the touch stream is a global
+ gesture. No further events are sent to the clients from that
+ particular gesture. Touch cancellation applies to all touch points
+ currently active on this client's surface. The client is
+ responsible for finalizing the touch points, future touch points on
+ this surface may reuse the touch point ID.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+
+ <!-- Version 3 additions -->
+
+ <request name="release" type="destructor" since="3">
+ <description summary="release the touch object"/>
+ </request>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_output" version="3">
+ <description summary="compositor output region">
+ An output describes part of the compositor geometry. The
+ compositor works in the 'compositor coordinate system' and an
+ output corresponds to a rectangular area in that space that is
+ actually visible. This typically corresponds to a monitor that
+ displays part of the compositor space. This object is published
+ as global during start up, or when a monitor is hotplugged.
+ </description>
+
+ <enum name="subpixel">
+ <description summary="subpixel geometry information">
+ This enumeration describes how the physical
+ pixels on an output are laid out.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="unknown" value="0" summary="unknown geometry"/>
+ <entry name="none" value="1" summary="no geometry"/>
+ <entry name="horizontal_rgb" value="2" summary="horizontal RGB"/>
+ <entry name="horizontal_bgr" value="3" summary="horizontal BGR"/>
+ <entry name="vertical_rgb" value="4" summary="vertical RGB"/>
+ <entry name="vertical_bgr" value="5" summary="vertical BGR"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <enum name="transform">
+ <description summary="transform from framebuffer to output">
+ This describes the transform that a compositor will apply to a
+ surface to compensate for the rotation or mirroring of an
+ output device.
+
+ The flipped values correspond to an initial flip around a
+ vertical axis followed by rotation.
+
+ The purpose is mainly to allow clients to render accordingly and
+ tell the compositor, so that for fullscreen surfaces, the
+ compositor will still be able to scan out directly from client
+ surfaces.
+ </description>
+
+ <entry name="normal" value="0" summary="no transform"/>
+ <entry name="90" value="1" summary="90 degrees counter-clockwise"/>
+ <entry name="180" value="2" summary="180 degrees counter-clockwise"/>
+ <entry name="270" value="3" summary="270 degrees counter-clockwise"/>
+ <entry name="flipped" value="4" summary="180 degree flip around a vertical axis"/>
+ <entry name="flipped_90" value="5" summary="flip and rotate 90 degrees counter-clockwise"/>
+ <entry name="flipped_180" value="6" summary="flip and rotate 180 degrees counter-clockwise"/>
+ <entry name="flipped_270" value="7" summary="flip and rotate 270 degrees counter-clockwise"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <event name="geometry">
+ <description summary="properties of the output">
+ The geometry event describes geometric properties of the output.
+ The event is sent when binding to the output object and whenever
+ any of the properties change.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="x" type="int"
+ summary="x position within the global compositor space"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="int"
+ summary="y position within the global compositor space"/>
+ <arg name="physical_width" type="int"
+ summary="width in millimeters of the output"/>
+ <arg name="physical_height" type="int"
+ summary="height in millimeters of the output"/>
+ <arg name="subpixel" type="int" enum="subpixel"
+ summary="subpixel orientation of the output"/>
+ <arg name="make" type="string"
+ summary="textual description of the manufacturer"/>
+ <arg name="model" type="string"
+ summary="textual description of the model"/>
+ <arg name="transform" type="int" enum="transform"
+ summary="transform that maps framebuffer to output"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <enum name="mode" bitfield="true">
+ <description summary="mode information">
+ These flags describe properties of an output mode.
+ They are used in the flags bitfield of the mode event.
+ </description>
+ <entry name="current" value="0x1"
+ summary="indicates this is the current mode"/>
+ <entry name="preferred" value="0x2"
+ summary="indicates this is the preferred mode"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <event name="mode">
+ <description summary="advertise available modes for the output">
+ The mode event describes an available mode for the output.
+
+ The event is sent when binding to the output object and there
+ will always be one mode, the current mode. The event is sent
+ again if an output changes mode, for the mode that is now
+ current. In other words, the current mode is always the last
+ mode that was received with the current flag set.
+
+ The size of a mode is given in physical hardware units of
+ the output device. This is not necessarily the same as
+ the output size in the global compositor space. For instance,
+ the output may be scaled, as described in wl_output.scale,
+ or transformed, as described in wl_output.transform.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="flags" type="uint" enum="mode" summary="bitfield of mode flags"/>
+ <arg name="width" type="int" summary="width of the mode in hardware units"/>
+ <arg name="height" type="int" summary="height of the mode in hardware units"/>
+ <arg name="refresh" type="int" summary="vertical refresh rate in mHz"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <!-- Version 2 additions -->
+
+ <event name="done" since="2">
+ <description summary="sent all information about output">
+ This event is sent after all other properties have been
+ sent after binding to the output object and after any
+ other property changes done after that. This allows
+ changes to the output properties to be seen as
+ atomic, even if they happen via multiple events.
+ </description>
+ </event>
+
+ <event name="scale" since="2">
+ <description summary="output scaling properties">
+ This event contains scaling geometry information
+ that is not in the geometry event. It may be sent after
+ binding the output object or if the output scale changes
+ later. If it is not sent, the client should assume a
+ scale of 1.
+
+ A scale larger than 1 means that the compositor will
+ automatically scale surface buffers by this amount
+ when rendering. This is used for very high resolution
+ displays where applications rendering at the native
+ resolution would be too small to be legible.
+
+ It is intended that scaling aware clients track the
+ current output of a surface, and if it is on a scaled
+ output it should use wl_surface.set_buffer_scale with
+ the scale of the output. That way the compositor can
+ avoid scaling the surface, and the client can supply
+ a higher detail image.
+ </description>
+ <arg name="factor" type="int" summary="scaling factor of output"/>
+ </event>
+
+ <!-- Version 3 additions -->
+
+ <request name="release" type="destructor" since="3">
+ <description summary="release the output object">
+ Using this request a client can tell the server that it is not going to
+ use the output object anymore.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_region" version="1">
+ <description summary="region interface">
+ A region object describes an area.
+
+ Region objects are used to describe the opaque and input
+ regions of a surface.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="destroy" type="destructor">
+ <description summary="destroy region">
+ Destroy the region. This will invalidate the object ID.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="add">
+ <description summary="add rectangle to region">
+ Add the specified rectangle to the region.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="x" type="int" summary="region-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="int" summary="region-local y coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="width" type="int" summary="rectangle width"/>
+ <arg name="height" type="int" summary="rectangle height"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="subtract">
+ <description summary="subtract rectangle from region">
+ Subtract the specified rectangle from the region.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="x" type="int" summary="region-local x coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="int" summary="region-local y coordinate"/>
+ <arg name="width" type="int" summary="rectangle width"/>
+ <arg name="height" type="int" summary="rectangle height"/>
+ </request>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_subcompositor" version="1">
+ <description summary="sub-surface compositing">
+ The global interface exposing sub-surface compositing capabilities.
+ A wl_surface, that has sub-surfaces associated, is called the
+ parent surface. Sub-surfaces can be arbitrarily nested and create
+ a tree of sub-surfaces.
+
+ The root surface in a tree of sub-surfaces is the main
+ surface. The main surface cannot be a sub-surface, because
+ sub-surfaces must always have a parent.
+
+ A main surface with its sub-surfaces forms a (compound) window.
+ For window management purposes, this set of wl_surface objects is
+ to be considered as a single window, and it should also behave as
+ such.
+
+ The aim of sub-surfaces is to offload some of the compositing work
+ within a window from clients to the compositor. A prime example is
+ a video player with decorations and video in separate wl_surface
+ objects. This should allow the compositor to pass YUV video buffer
+ processing to dedicated overlay hardware when possible.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="destroy" type="destructor">
+ <description summary="unbind from the subcompositor interface">
+ Informs the server that the client will not be using this
+ protocol object anymore. This does not affect any other
+ objects, wl_subsurface objects included.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <enum name="error">
+ <entry name="bad_surface" value="0"
+ summary="the to-be sub-surface is invalid"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="get_subsurface">
+ <description summary="give a surface the role sub-surface">
+ Create a sub-surface interface for the given surface, and
+ associate it with the given parent surface. This turns a
+ plain wl_surface into a sub-surface.
+
+ The to-be sub-surface must not already have another role, and it
+ must not have an existing wl_subsurface object. Otherwise a protocol
+ error is raised.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="id" type="new_id" interface="wl_subsurface"
+ summary="the new sub-surface object ID"/>
+ <arg name="surface" type="object" interface="wl_surface"
+ summary="the surface to be turned into a sub-surface"/>
+ <arg name="parent" type="object" interface="wl_surface"
+ summary="the parent surface"/>
+ </request>
+ </interface>
+
+ <interface name="wl_subsurface" version="1">
+ <description summary="sub-surface interface to a wl_surface">
+ An additional interface to a wl_surface object, which has been
+ made a sub-surface. A sub-surface has one parent surface. A
+ sub-surface's size and position are not limited to that of the parent.
+ Particularly, a sub-surface is not automatically clipped to its
+ parent's area.
+
+ A sub-surface becomes mapped, when a non-NULL wl_buffer is applied
+ and the parent surface is mapped. The order of which one happens
+ first is irrelevant. A sub-surface is hidden if the parent becomes
+ hidden, or if a NULL wl_buffer is applied. These rules apply
+ recursively through the tree of surfaces.
+
+ The behaviour of a wl_surface.commit request on a sub-surface
+ depends on the sub-surface's mode. The possible modes are
+ synchronized and desynchronized, see methods
+ wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync. Synchronized
+ mode caches the wl_surface state to be applied when the parent's
+ state gets applied, and desynchronized mode applies the pending
+ wl_surface state directly. A sub-surface is initially in the
+ synchronized mode.
+
+ Sub-surfaces have also other kind of state, which is managed by
+ wl_subsurface requests, as opposed to wl_surface requests. This
+ state includes the sub-surface position relative to the parent
+ surface (wl_subsurface.set_position), and the stacking order of
+ the parent and its sub-surfaces (wl_subsurface.place_above and
+ .place_below). This state is applied when the parent surface's
+ wl_surface state is applied, regardless of the sub-surface's mode.
+ As the exception, set_sync and set_desync are effective immediately.
+
+ The main surface can be thought to be always in desynchronized mode,
+ since it does not have a parent in the sub-surfaces sense.
+
+ Even if a sub-surface is in desynchronized mode, it will behave as
+ in synchronized mode, if its parent surface behaves as in
+ synchronized mode. This rule is applied recursively throughout the
+ tree of surfaces. This means, that one can set a sub-surface into
+ synchronized mode, and then assume that all its child and grand-child
+ sub-surfaces are synchronized, too, without explicitly setting them.
+
+ If the wl_surface associated with the wl_subsurface is destroyed, the
+ wl_subsurface object becomes inert. Note, that destroying either object
+ takes effect immediately. If you need to synchronize the removal
+ of a sub-surface to the parent surface update, unmap the sub-surface
+ first by attaching a NULL wl_buffer, update parent, and then destroy
+ the sub-surface.
+
+ If the parent wl_surface object is destroyed, the sub-surface is
+ unmapped.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="destroy" type="destructor">
+ <description summary="remove sub-surface interface">
+ The sub-surface interface is removed from the wl_surface object
+ that was turned into a sub-surface with a
+ wl_subcompositor.get_subsurface request. The wl_surface's association
+ to the parent is deleted, and the wl_surface loses its role as
+ a sub-surface. The wl_surface is unmapped.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <enum name="error">
+ <entry name="bad_surface" value="0"
+ summary="wl_surface is not a sibling or the parent"/>
+ </enum>
+
+ <request name="set_position">
+ <description summary="reposition the sub-surface">
+ This schedules a sub-surface position change.
+ The sub-surface will be moved so that its origin (top left
+ corner pixel) will be at the location x, y of the parent surface
+ coordinate system. The coordinates are not restricted to the parent
+ surface area. Negative values are allowed.
+
+ The scheduled coordinates will take effect whenever the state of the
+ parent surface is applied. When this happens depends on whether the
+ parent surface is in synchronized mode or not. See
+ wl_subsurface.set_sync and wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
+
+ If more than one set_position request is invoked by the client before
+ the commit of the parent surface, the position of a new request always
+ replaces the scheduled position from any previous request.
+
+ The initial position is 0, 0.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="x" type="int" summary="x coordinate in the parent surface"/>
+ <arg name="y" type="int" summary="y coordinate in the parent surface"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="place_above">
+ <description summary="restack the sub-surface">
+ This sub-surface is taken from the stack, and put back just
+ above the reference surface, changing the z-order of the sub-surfaces.
+ The reference surface must be one of the sibling surfaces, or the
+ parent surface. Using any other surface, including this sub-surface,
+ will cause a protocol error.
+
+ The z-order is double-buffered. Requests are handled in order and
+ applied immediately to a pending state. The final pending state is
+ copied to the active state the next time the state of the parent
+ surface is applied. When this happens depends on whether the parent
+ surface is in synchronized mode or not. See wl_subsurface.set_sync and
+ wl_subsurface.set_desync for details.
+
+ A new sub-surface is initially added as the top-most in the stack
+ of its siblings and parent.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="sibling" type="object" interface="wl_surface"
+ summary="the reference surface"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="place_below">
+ <description summary="restack the sub-surface">
+ The sub-surface is placed just below the reference surface.
+ See wl_subsurface.place_above.
+ </description>
+
+ <arg name="sibling" type="object" interface="wl_surface"
+ summary="the reference surface"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_sync">
+ <description summary="set sub-surface to synchronized mode">
+ Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to synchronized
+ mode, also described as the parent dependent mode.
+
+ In synchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
+ accumulate the committed state in a cache, but the state will
+ not be applied and hence will not change the compositor output.
+ The cached state is applied to the sub-surface immediately after
+ the parent surface's state is applied. This ensures atomic
+ updates of the parent and all its synchronized sub-surfaces.
+ Applying the cached state will invalidate the cache, so further
+ parent surface commits do not (re-)apply old state.
+
+ See wl_subsurface for the recursive effect of this mode.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="set_desync">
+ <description summary="set sub-surface to desynchronized mode">
+ Change the commit behaviour of the sub-surface to desynchronized
+ mode, also described as independent or freely running mode.
+
+ In desynchronized mode, wl_surface.commit on a sub-surface will
+ apply the pending state directly, without caching, as happens
+ normally with a wl_surface. Calling wl_surface.commit on the
+ parent surface has no effect on the sub-surface's wl_surface
+ state. This mode allows a sub-surface to be updated on its own.
+
+ If cached state exists when wl_surface.commit is called in
+ desynchronized mode, the pending state is added to the cached
+ state, and applied as a whole. This invalidates the cache.
+
+ Note: even if a sub-surface is set to desynchronized, a parent
+ sub-surface may override it to behave as synchronized. For details,
+ see wl_subsurface.
+
+ If a surface's parent surface behaves as desynchronized, then
+ the cached state is applied on set_desync.
+ </description>
+ </request>
+ </interface>
+
+</protocol>
--- /dev/null
+/* SCANNER TEST */
+
+#ifndef SMALL_TEST_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
+#define SMALL_TEST_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "wayland-client-core.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @page page_small_test The small_test protocol
+ * @section page_ifaces_small_test Interfaces
+ * - @subpage page_iface_intf_A - the thing A
+ * @section page_copyright_small_test Copyright
+ * <pre>
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ * </pre>
+ */
+struct another_intf;
+struct intf_A;
+struct intf_not_here;
+
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_intf_A intf_A
+ * @section page_iface_intf_A_desc Description
+ *
+ * A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
+ * @section page_iface_intf_A_api API
+ * See @ref iface_intf_A.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_intf_A The intf_A interface
+ *
+ * A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface;
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ * @struct intf_A_listener
+ */
+struct intf_A_listener {
+ /**
+ */
+ void (*hey)(void *data,
+ struct intf_A *intf_A);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+static inline int
+intf_A_add_listener(struct intf_A *intf_A,
+ const struct intf_A_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define INTF_A_RQ1 0
+#define INTF_A_RQ2 1
+#define INTF_A_DESTROY 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_HEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_RQ1_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_RQ2_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_intf_A */
+static inline void
+intf_A_set_user_data(struct intf_A *intf_A, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_intf_A */
+static inline void *
+intf_A_get_user_data(struct intf_A *intf_A)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+intf_A_get_version(struct intf_A *intf_A)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+static inline void *
+intf_A_rq1(struct intf_A *intf_A, const struct wl_interface *interface, uint32_t version)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *untyped_new;
+
+ untyped_new = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor_versioned((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
+ INTF_A_RQ1, interface, version, interface->name, version, NULL);
+
+ return (void *) untyped_new;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+static inline struct intf_not_here *
+intf_A_rq2(struct intf_A *intf_A, const char *str, int32_t i, uint32_t u, wl_fixed_t f, int32_t fd, struct another_intf *obj)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *typed_new;
+
+ typed_new = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
+ INTF_A_RQ2, &intf_not_here_interface, NULL, str, i, u, f, fd, obj);
+
+ return (struct intf_not_here *) typed_new;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+static inline void
+intf_A_destroy(struct intf_A *intf_A)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
+ INTF_A_DESTROY);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* SCANNER TEST */
+
+#ifndef SMALL_TEST_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
+#define SMALL_TEST_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "wayland-client.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @page page_small_test The small_test protocol
+ * @section page_ifaces_small_test Interfaces
+ * - @subpage page_iface_intf_A - the thing A
+ * @section page_copyright_small_test Copyright
+ * <pre>
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ * </pre>
+ */
+struct another_intf;
+struct intf_A;
+struct intf_not_here;
+
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_intf_A intf_A
+ * @section page_iface_intf_A_desc Description
+ *
+ * A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
+ * @section page_iface_intf_A_api API
+ * See @ref iface_intf_A.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_intf_A The intf_A interface
+ *
+ * A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface;
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ * @struct intf_A_listener
+ */
+struct intf_A_listener {
+ /**
+ */
+ void (*hey)(void *data,
+ struct intf_A *intf_A);
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+static inline int
+intf_A_add_listener(struct intf_A *intf_A,
+ const struct intf_A_listener *listener, void *data)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_add_listener((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
+ (void (**)(void)) listener, data);
+}
+
+#define INTF_A_RQ1 0
+#define INTF_A_RQ2 1
+#define INTF_A_DESTROY 2
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_HEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_RQ1_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_RQ2_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/** @ingroup iface_intf_A */
+static inline void
+intf_A_set_user_data(struct intf_A *intf_A, void *user_data)
+{
+ wl_proxy_set_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A, user_data);
+}
+
+/** @ingroup iface_intf_A */
+static inline void *
+intf_A_get_user_data(struct intf_A *intf_A)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_user_data((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t
+intf_A_get_version(struct intf_A *intf_A)
+{
+ return wl_proxy_get_version((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+static inline void *
+intf_A_rq1(struct intf_A *intf_A, const struct wl_interface *interface, uint32_t version)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *untyped_new;
+
+ untyped_new = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor_versioned((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
+ INTF_A_RQ1, interface, version, interface->name, version, NULL);
+
+ return (void *) untyped_new;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+static inline struct intf_not_here *
+intf_A_rq2(struct intf_A *intf_A, const char *str, int32_t i, uint32_t u, wl_fixed_t f, int32_t fd, struct another_intf *obj)
+{
+ struct wl_proxy *typed_new;
+
+ typed_new = wl_proxy_marshal_constructor((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
+ INTF_A_RQ2, &intf_not_here_interface, NULL, str, i, u, f, fd, obj);
+
+ return (struct intf_not_here *) typed_new;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+static inline void
+intf_A_destroy(struct intf_A *intf_A)
+{
+ wl_proxy_marshal((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A,
+ INTF_A_DESTROY);
+
+ wl_proxy_destroy((struct wl_proxy *) intf_A);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* SCANNER TEST */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "wayland-util.h"
+
+extern const struct wl_interface another_intf_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface intf_not_here_interface;
+
+static const struct wl_interface *types[] = {
+ NULL,
+ &intf_not_here_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &another_intf_interface,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message intf_A_requests[] = {
+ { "rq1", "sun", types + 0 },
+ { "rq2", "nsiufho", types + 1 },
+ { "destroy", "", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message intf_A_events[] = {
+ { "hey", "", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface = {
+ "intf_A", 1,
+ 3, intf_A_requests,
+ 1, intf_A_events,
+};
+
--- /dev/null
+/* SCANNER TEST */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "wayland-util.h"
+
+extern const struct wl_interface another_intf_interface;
+extern const struct wl_interface intf_not_here_interface;
+
+static const struct wl_interface *types[] = {
+ NULL,
+ &intf_not_here_interface,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ &another_intf_interface,
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message intf_A_requests[] = {
+ { "rq1", "sun", types + 0 },
+ { "rq2", "nsiufho", types + 1 },
+ { "destroy", "", types + 0 },
+};
+
+static const struct wl_message intf_A_events[] = {
+ { "hey", "", types + 0 },
+};
+
+WL_EXPORT const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface = {
+ "intf_A", 1,
+ 3, intf_A_requests,
+ 1, intf_A_events,
+};
+
--- /dev/null
+/* SCANNER TEST */
+
+#ifndef SMALL_TEST_SERVER_PROTOCOL_H
+#define SMALL_TEST_SERVER_PROTOCOL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "wayland-server-core.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct wl_client;
+struct wl_resource;
+
+/**
+ * @page page_small_test The small_test protocol
+ * @section page_ifaces_small_test Interfaces
+ * - @subpage page_iface_intf_A - the thing A
+ * @section page_copyright_small_test Copyright
+ * <pre>
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ * </pre>
+ */
+struct another_intf;
+struct intf_A;
+struct intf_not_here;
+
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_intf_A intf_A
+ * @section page_iface_intf_A_desc Description
+ *
+ * A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
+ * @section page_iface_intf_A_api API
+ * See @ref iface_intf_A.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_intf_A The intf_A interface
+ *
+ * A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface;
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ * @struct intf_A_interface
+ */
+struct intf_A_interface {
+ /**
+ * @param interface name of the objects interface
+ * @param version version of the objects interface
+ */
+ void (*rq1)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ const char *interface, uint32_t version, uint32_t untyped_new);
+ /**
+ */
+ void (*rq2)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t typed_new,
+ const char *str,
+ int32_t i,
+ uint32_t u,
+ wl_fixed_t f,
+ int32_t fd,
+ struct wl_resource *obj);
+ /**
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+};
+
+#define INTF_A_HEY 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_HEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_RQ1_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_RQ2_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ * Sends an hey event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+intf_A_send_hey(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, INTF_A_HEY);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* SCANNER TEST */
+
+#ifndef SMALL_TEST_SERVER_PROTOCOL_H
+#define SMALL_TEST_SERVER_PROTOCOL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "wayland-server.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct wl_client;
+struct wl_resource;
+
+/**
+ * @page page_small_test The small_test protocol
+ * @section page_ifaces_small_test Interfaces
+ * - @subpage page_iface_intf_A - the thing A
+ * @section page_copyright_small_test Copyright
+ * <pre>
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ * </pre>
+ */
+struct another_intf;
+struct intf_A;
+struct intf_not_here;
+
+/**
+ * @page page_iface_intf_A intf_A
+ * @section page_iface_intf_A_desc Description
+ *
+ * A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
+ * @section page_iface_intf_A_api API
+ * See @ref iface_intf_A.
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup iface_intf_A The intf_A interface
+ *
+ * A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
+ */
+extern const struct wl_interface intf_A_interface;
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ * @struct intf_A_interface
+ */
+struct intf_A_interface {
+ /**
+ * @param interface name of the objects interface
+ * @param version version of the objects interface
+ */
+ void (*rq1)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ const char *interface, uint32_t version, uint32_t untyped_new);
+ /**
+ */
+ void (*rq2)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource,
+ uint32_t typed_new,
+ const char *str,
+ int32_t i,
+ uint32_t u,
+ wl_fixed_t f,
+ int32_t fd,
+ struct wl_resource *obj);
+ /**
+ */
+ void (*destroy)(struct wl_client *client,
+ struct wl_resource *resource);
+};
+
+#define INTF_A_HEY 0
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_HEY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_RQ1_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_RQ2_SINCE_VERSION 1
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ */
+#define INTF_A_DESTROY_SINCE_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup iface_intf_A
+ * Sends an hey event to the client owning the resource.
+ * @param resource_ The client's resource
+ */
+static inline void
+intf_A_send_hey(struct wl_resource *resource_)
+{
+ wl_resource_post_event(resource_, INTF_A_HEY);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<protocol name="small_test">
+
+ <copyright>
+ Copyright © 2016 Collabora, Ltd.
+
+ Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ subject to the following conditions:
+
+ The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ portions of the Software.
+
+ THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ SOFTWARE.
+ </copyright>
+
+ <interface name="intf_A" version="1">
+ <description summary="the thing A">
+ A useless example trying to tickle the scanner.
+ </description>
+
+ <request name="rq1">
+ <arg name="untyped_new" type="new_id"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="rq2">
+ <arg name="typed_new" type="new_id" interface="intf_not_here"/>
+ <arg name="str" type="string"/>
+ <arg name="i" type="int"/>
+ <arg name="u" type="uint"/>
+ <arg name="f" type="fixed"/>
+ <arg name="fd" type="fd"/>
+ <arg name="obj" type="object" interface="another_intf"/>
+ </request>
+
+ <request name="destroy" type="destructor"/>
+
+ <event name="hey"/>
+ </interface>
+</protocol>
projects / platform / upstream / wayland.git / commitdiff